WO2017046172A1 - Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids - Google Patents

Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017046172A1
WO2017046172A1 PCT/EP2016/071711 EP2016071711W WO2017046172A1 WO 2017046172 A1 WO2017046172 A1 WO 2017046172A1 EP 2016071711 W EP2016071711 W EP 2016071711W WO 2017046172 A1 WO2017046172 A1 WO 2017046172A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
formula
compound
polymer
och
linker
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/EP2016/071711
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Ruben HERRENDORFF
Beat Ernst
Andreas Steck
Hélène PFISTER
Giulio NAVARRA
Original Assignee
Universität Basel
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Universität Basel filed Critical Universität Basel
Priority to EP16767221.1A priority Critical patent/EP3350193B1/en
Priority to US15/760,398 priority patent/US11091591B2/en
Priority to AU2016323377A priority patent/AU2016323377B2/en
Priority to CA2996073A priority patent/CA2996073A1/en
Priority to CN201680053815.3A priority patent/CN108026134A/en
Priority to JP2018513509A priority patent/JP6849667B2/en
Publication of WO2017046172A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017046172A1/en
Priority to US17/372,422 priority patent/US20220169790A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G69/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming a carboxylic amide link in the main chain of the macromolecule
    • C08G69/48Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07HSUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H15/00Compounds containing hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to hetero atoms of saccharide radicals
    • C07H15/02Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures
    • C07H15/12Acyclic radicals, not substituted by cyclic structures attached to a nitrogen atom of the saccharide radical

Definitions

  • Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
  • Anti-glycolipid antibodies particularly anti-ganglioside antibodies have been detected in a variety of neuropathological conditions, e.g. in multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) autoimmune-mediated neuropathies including chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Guillain-Barre-syndrome (GBS) (with subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN), acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy (AMSAN) and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)), Miller Fisher syndrome (MFS) and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN) (K. Kollewe et al., Plos One 2015, 10).
  • CI DP chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy
  • GBS Guillain-Barre-syndrome
  • AMAN subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy
  • AMSAN acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy
  • anti-glycan antibodies are involved in immune-mediated attack towards the nervous system.
  • the anti- glycan antibodies target relevant antigens on neuronal or myelin cells and can lead to disruption of nerve fiber function, conduction failure, axonal degeneration and demyelination (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 -2625; K. A. Sheikh and G. Zhang, F1000 Biology Reports, 2010, 2, 21 ).
  • anti-glycan antibodies There are several mechanism that can explain the pathogenicity of the anti-glycan antibodies, including complement fixation and formation of membrane attack complex, disruption of signaling e.g. through sodium channel blockage (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, loc. cit) or disruption of lipid rafts and interference with signaling pathways therein (A Ueda et al., Mol Cell Neurosci, 2010, 45(4), 355-62).
  • Anti-ganglioside antibodies are also involved in dysfunction of the blood-brain barrier and thus contribute to progression of neurodegenerative diseases (T. Ariga, J Neurosci Res, 2014, 92, 1227- 1242).
  • anti-glycan antibodies involved in immune-mediated neuropathy do not recognize single glycans but glycan clusters, particularly glycolipid complexes (pattern-recognition antibodies).
  • pattern-recognition antibodies glycolipid complexes
  • anti-glycolipid antibodies with pattern recognition characteristics have been described recently in immune-mediated neuropathy where previously no antibodies could be identified.
  • Such antibodies have been identified in GBS, e.g. in the GBS subtype AIDP (H. J. Willison and C. S. Goodyear, Cell, 2013, 34, 453-459).
  • anti-glycan antibodies are usually of the IgM, IgG or IgA type.
  • the carbohydrate epitopes relevant to immune-mediated neuropathies are predominantly glycolipids, mostly of the ganglioside type involving GM1 (GM1 a), GM1 b, GalNAc-GM1 b, Fucosyl-GM1 , GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1 a, GalNAc-GD1 a, GD1 b, GT1 a, GT1 b, GT1 aa, GQ1 b, GQ1 ba, LM1 , Hex-LM1 , furthermore carbohydrate antigens of the group of non- sialylated glycolipids such as sulfatide or asialo-GM1 / asialo-GM2, galactocerebroside, SGPG and SGLPG (HNK-1 epitope) (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 - 2625).
  • GM1 a GM1
  • GalNAc-GM1 b
  • GBS encompasses several disease conditions that often involve autoantibodies against nerve glycoepitopes.
  • the major subgroups among GBS are AMAN, AMSAN and AIDP, with AMAN predominantly affecting motor nerves compared to the other subtypes.
  • GBS is associated with autoantibodies against gangliosides such as GM1 , GD1 a and structurally similar GM1 b and GalNAc-GD1 a, but also against ganglioside complexes, e.g. GM1 and GD1 a.
  • the pharyngeal-cervical-brachial (PCB) variant of GBS correlates with autoantibodies against GT1 a alone or additionally GQ1 b.
  • GBS Another clinically distinct subgroup of GBS is the Miller Fisher syndrome, which is mainly associated with antibodies against the GQ1 b and the GT1 a epitope.
  • the pathogenic autoantibodies in the group of acute neuropathies are mostly of the IgG isotype (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-1 12).
  • Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP) is the most common form of chronic demyelinating polyneuropathy.
  • Subtypes of CIDP involve pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-1 12).
  • the two other major disease groups among the chronic inflammatory neuropathies are the anti-MAG neuropathy and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN).
  • the anti-MAG neuropathy mainly involves autoantibodies against the HNK-1 epitope, present on multiple myelin antigens such as MAG, SGPG, SGLPG, P0 and PMP22.
  • MMN patients often show autoantibodies against the ganglioside GM1 (or the complex GM1 :GalC).
  • Other, less frequent, chronic neuropathies encompass the chronic sensory axonal neuropathy with anti-sulfatide antibodies, the chronic motor neuropathy with GD1 a or GD1 b antibodies, and the CANOMAD (chronic ataxic neuropathy, opthalmoplegia, M-protein, Agglutination, Disialosyl antibodies) with antibodies against disialosyl gangliosides, such as GQ1 b and GD1 b (E. Nobile-Orazio, Clinical Lymphoma & Myeloma, 2009, 9, 107-109).
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
  • the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the (neo)lacto-, the ganglio- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases.
  • the invention relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands and moieties respectively, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH2-(CH 2 ) q -SH, wherein R a is H, C C 4 -alkyl, C C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ; A is d- C 7 -alkylene, C C 7 -alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 )pO-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, or C C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted
  • the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • R 11 is Z or
  • R 12 is H, S0 3 H, or
  • R is H or
  • R 14 is H or
  • R and R are independently H or
  • R 17 is H or and wherein formula (II) is M
  • R is Z or I2
  • R is Z or
  • linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -SH, wherein R a is H, C C 4 -alkyl, C C 4 - alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5! OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is CrC 7 -alkylene, C C 7 - alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O-C 1 -C 4 -alkyl !
  • R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(R a )-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • the invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, diagnostic kits containing these, and to the use of these compounds for the diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), or comprising said inventive.
  • the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of treating a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • GGS Guillain-Barre syndrome
  • CI DP chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneur
  • the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for a diagnostic kit comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer.
  • the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer for the diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a neurological disease
  • a neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy
  • said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy
  • said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
  • the present invention provides for a method of treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune- mediated neuropathy, wherein said method comprises administering said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human, requiring such treatment.
  • FIG. 1 Schematic representation of a competitive binding assay
  • a Co-incubation of glycolipid-coated plates with neuropathy patient sera, containing anti- glycolipid antibodies of the IgG (and/or IgM) isotype, and glycopolymers.
  • GM1 a ganglioside-coated plates are co-incubated with anti-GMa IgG-containing serum and glycopolymer 6.
  • d Wash step,
  • e Addition of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB) substrate,
  • f Addition of acidic stop solution and measurement of the optical density.
  • FIG. 2 Binding curves for compounds 6, 26, 34 and 86
  • FIG. 2A The GM1 a-ganglioside-coated wells were co-incubated with compound 6 (1 mM highest concentration) and the two patient sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG).
  • Compound 6 is a polylysine polymer (average of 250 repeating lysine units) with a defined percentage of lysine residues coupled to the GM1 a glycoepitope (4).
  • the general abbreviation used is as follows: PL(glycoepitope) x with x defining the percentage of glycoepitope loading in %. In this case the polymer is PL(GM1 a) 2 8- Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2B Co-incubation of GM1 a-coated wells with PL(GM1 a) 2 s polymer 6 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2C Co-incubation of GD1 b-coated wells with the PL(GD1 b) 20 polymer 26 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P22 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2D Co-incubation of GQ1 b-coated wells with the PL(GT1 a) 58 polymer 34 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG), P23 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 2E Co-incubation of MAG-coated wells (MAG contains up to eight HNK-1 glycoepitopes) and the PL(HNK-1 mimetic(58)) 4 o polymer 86 (100 ⁇ highest concentration) together with a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. Results are indicated as mean ⁇ SD.
  • FIG. 3 BALB/c wild type mice were immunized against the two glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG, of which both bear the HNK-1 glycoepitope. Immunized mice showed high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies at day 154 after immunization (0 h, pre- treatment).
  • mice These induced mouse antibodies are a model for human anti-MAG IgM of anti- MAG neuropathy patients.
  • An intravenous administration of the PL(HNK-1 mimetic(58)) 4 o polymer 86 (10 mg/kg) to immunized BALB/c mice (n 6) led to a significant reduction of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies for up to a week (168h) after administration.
  • Results are indicated as mean ⁇ 95% CI (above) and mean ⁇ SD (below). Results were analyzed by one-way ANOVA with Dunnett's multiple comparison posttest with a 0.05 confidence level accepted for statistical significance ( * p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01 , *** p ⁇ 0.001 ).
  • the compounds of the present invention recognize anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system, in particular glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types.
  • glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types.
  • the carbohydrate ligands contain linkers that allow coupling to a polymer backbone for multivalent presentation.
  • the glycopolymers resulting from the coupling are superior in the sequestration of anti-carbohydrate antibodies compared to the respective glycan- monomers.
  • the glycopolymers are suitable diagnostic or therapeutic agents to detect and to bind anti-glycan antibodies in particular associated with neurological diseases.
  • the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -SH, wherein R a is H, C C 4 -alkyl, C C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH2CH2C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H5, or OCH2CH2C 6 H 5 ; A is C C 7 -alkylene, C C 7 -alkoxy, C C 4 - alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, or C C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl
  • said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type.
  • said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a ganglioside, wherein preferably said ganglioside is selected from GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GalNAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GalNAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1 b, GQ1 ba, LM1 or Hex-LM1.
  • the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
  • R' 2 is H, S0 3 H, or
  • R is H or
  • R is H or
  • R 15 and R 16 are independently H or
  • R 17 is H or
  • R is Z or
  • linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH2-(CH2) q -SH, wherein R a is H, CrC 4 -alkyl, C C 4 - alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H5, CH 2 CH 2 C6H 5!
  • A is C C 7 -alkylene, C C 7 - alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH2) P 0-Ci-C4-alkyl, or C C 7 -alkoxy-R , wherein R is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(R a )-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
  • said compound is a compound of formula (I).
  • the scope of the present invention comprises carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system.
  • Preferred compounds mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system in accordance with the present invention are compounds of the formula (I) as defined herein, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
  • R is H, CrC 8 -alkyl, Ci-C 8 -alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC 8 -alkenyl, CrC 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alky
  • said compound is a compound of formula (II).
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4 * , 9 * , 13 * , 17 * , 21 * , 25 * , 29 * , 33 * , or 46 * -60 * as depicted below.
  • linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH2-(CH2) q -SH, wherein R a is H , Ci-C 4 -alkyl, C C 4 - alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH2CH2C6H5, OCH 2 C6H 5 , or OCH2CH2C6H5;
  • A is Ci-C 7 -alkylene, C C 7 - alkoxy, Ci-C 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH2)pO-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, or Ci-C 7 -alkoxy-R b , wherein R b is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 ;
  • q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60*, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
  • R 18 is H, CrC 8 -alkyl, Ci-C 8 -alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC 8 -alkenyl, CrC 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl
  • R a is H, CH 3 , CH2CH 3 , CH2CH2CH 3 , CH(CH 3 )2, OCH 3 , OCH2CH 3 , OCH2CH2CI — l3 i CH2C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) P CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH2, (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH 2 CH2 or 0(CH2)pC 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 .
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) P CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH2(OCH 2 CH 2 )pOCH2, (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH 2 CH2 or 0(CH 2 )pC 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 )pCH 2 , (CH 2 )pCH 2 , CH2(OCH 2 CH 2 )pOCH2, (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH 2 CH2 or 0(CH 2 )pC 6 H 5 ; and B is NHC(O).
  • R a is CH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 )pCH 2 , (CH 2 )pCH 2 , CH2(OCH 2 CH 2 )pOCH2, (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH 2 CH2 or 0(CH 2 )pC 6 H 5 ;
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 )pCH 2 , (CH 2 )pCH 2 , CH2(OCH 2 CH 2 )pOCH2, (OCH 2 CH2)pOCH 2 CH2 or 0(CH 2 )pC 6 H 5 ;
  • B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 2.
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1
  • q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 1 or 2.
  • p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to
  • p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1
  • q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2
  • p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • p and q are not both 2.
  • said linker Z is -N(CH 3 )-0(CH2)2-NHC(0)-(CH 2 )3-SH.
  • said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type, further preferably of a ganglioside.
  • said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of a sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside and hereby in particular a glycoepitope such as the antigenic HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21 , 25, 29, 33, 37, 41 , 44, 56, 58 or 77.
  • the formula are shown in the examples.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21 , 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44.
  • the formula are shown in the examples.
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21 , 25, 29, 33, 37, 41 , 44, 56, 58 or 77, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
  • R is H, CrC 8 -alkyl, Ci-C 8 -alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC 8 -alkenyl, CrC 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alky
  • said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21 , 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
  • R is H, CrC 8 -alkyl, Ci-C 8 -alkyl- cycloalkyl, Ci-C 8 -alkenyl, Ci-C 8 -alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, CrC 8 -alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C 8- alkoxy, Ci-C 8 -
  • the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone.
  • spacer moieties are known to the skilled person in the art and preferred exmples are described herein.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • said polymer comprises (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH- group of said linker Z, and wherein said linker Z is -N(R a )-A-B-CH 2 -(CH 2 ) q -SH, wherein R a is H, CrC 4 -alkyl, C C 4 -alkoxy, CH 2 C 6 H 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 , OCH 2 C 6 H 5 , or OCH 2 CH 2 C 6 H 5 ; A is C C 7 -alkylene, C C 7 -alkoxy, CrC 4 -alkyl-(OCH 2 CH 2 ) p O-Ci-C 4 -alkyl
  • said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II).
  • said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
  • R a is H , CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , OCH 3 , OCH 2 CH 3 , ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 3: CH 2 C 6 Hs, OCH 2 C 6 H 5 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) p CH 2! (CH 2 ) P CH 2! CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2! (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or 0(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O), S or CH 2 .
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or 0(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or 0(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O).
  • R a is CH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or 0(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ; and
  • B is NHC(O) or S.
  • q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
  • R a is CH 3 or OCH 3 ;
  • A is 0(CH 2 ) p CH 2 , (CH 2 ) P CH 2 , CH 2 (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 , (OCH 2 CH 2 ) p OCH 2 CH 2 or 0(CH 2 ) p C 6 H 5 ;
  • B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 2 or 4, further preferably 2.
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
  • linker Z is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1
  • q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2
  • linker Z when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 2 to 6, preferably 2, 3 or 4; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6.
  • linker Z when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
  • said linker Z is -N(CH 3 )-0(CH2)2-NHC(0)-(CH 2 )3-SH.
  • the invention further particularly relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of a multitude of one identical compound of formula (I) or (II) or a multitude being a combination of several different compounds of formula (I) or (II).
  • Preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are preferably selected from 4 * , 9 * , 13 * , 17 * , 21 * , 25 * , 29 * or 33 * , and 46 * -60 * .
  • the inventive polymer comprising the multitude of identical or different compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) wherein the SH-group of said linker Z connects said compounds to the polymer backbone, is preferably an oarmino acid polymer, and hereby typically and preferably a homomeric or heteromeric oarmino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, or a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinylalcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an oarmino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an oamino acid polymer.
  • the polymer backbone is an oamino acid polymer and said oamino acid of said oamino acid polymer is lysine, ornithine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid or serine.
  • the polymer backbone is poly-lysine, and wherein preferably the molecular weight of said poly-lysine is 1 ⁇ 00 Da to 300 ⁇ 00 Da.
  • the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%, preferably between 20 and 70%, and in particular between 30 and 60%.
  • the latter means that 30 to 60% of the reactive polymer side chains and, if applicable the spacer moiety, are reacted with the -SH group of said linker Z.
  • the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is typically and preferably determined by NMR spectroscopy and refers to % mole/mole. Further particular examples of polymers of the invention are
  • A a poly-oamino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain aminoalkyl function, such as in poly-lysine, in particular poly-L-lysine or poly-D-lysine, and the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S- of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S- of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z; and
  • a typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH 2 -group, wherein said terminal CH 2 -group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
  • a preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • a polymer (A) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyi substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of of said linker Z is connected to the terminal amino group of R 1 via a spacer moiety, wherein typically and preferably said spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-aminoalkyl, which is a capped amino function having a solubilizing substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Ilia)
  • R 2 is of formula (lllb) wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-ornithine
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-lysine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
  • the poly-amino acid can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic, as described by Z. Kadlecova et al., Biomacromolecules 2012, 13:3127-3137, for poly-lysine as follows:
  • the poly-lysine used to prepare polymer (A) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of the linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylylaminoalkyl residue are preferred.
  • the polylysine polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (B) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is a carbonylalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 ,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carbonyl or carboxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (lllc)
  • R 2 is of formula (Hid)
  • X is either oxygen or nitrogen, o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1 .
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-aspartic acid
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamic acid
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-asparagine
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II)
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, i.e. a capped carboxy or amide function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • the poly-aspartic acid used to prepare polymer (B) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl residue are preferred.
  • polyaspartic acid is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • poly-aspartic acid or poly-glutamic acid the polymer can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic.
  • a polymer (C) comprises the partial formula (III)
  • R 1 is a hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 ,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-hydroxyalkyl (or -hydroxyaryl), and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Hie) and R 2 is of formula (lllf)
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-serine, connected to said SH- group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxy- propylthio-hydroxyalkyl, i.e. a capped hydroxy function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • polyserine (and other hydroxy-functionalized a-amino acid side-chains) used to prepare polymer (C) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-hydroxyalkyl residue are preferred.
  • polyserine is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (D) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • R 1 is a thioalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 ,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioalkyl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped thiol function.
  • R 1 is of formula (lllg) and R 2 is of formula (lllh)
  • o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1 .
  • substituent R 1 represents a side chain of poly-cysteine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and hereby connected to the - CH 2 -group of R 1 , and R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-alkyl, i.e. a capped thiol function having a solubilizing substituent.
  • the poly-cysteine used to prepare polymer (D) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-thioalkyl residue are preferred.
  • the polycysteine polymer is reacted with a compound containing a terminal alkene group via a radical reaction.
  • a polymer (F) comprises the partial formula (IV)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 (IVa).
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino or a related amino substituent, and R is hydrogen or methyl; and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amide function.
  • R 1 is of formula (IVa)
  • R 2 is of formula (IVb)
  • R 3 is of formula (IVc)
  • R 1 is of formula (IVd)
  • R 2 is of formula (IVe)
  • R 1 is of formula (IVf)
  • the poly-acrylic acid used to prepare polymer (F) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 400 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 160 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino residue are preferred.
  • a polymer (G) comprises the partial formula (V)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyi substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 (Va).
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl or a related aminocarbonyl substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Va)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vb)
  • R 1 is of formula (Vc) and R 2 is of formula (Vd)
  • m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
  • R 1 is of formula (Ve) and R 2 is of formula (Vf)
  • r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2.
  • the copolymer used to prepare polymer (G) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 400 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 160 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl residue are preferred.
  • a polymer (H) comprises the partial formula (VI)
  • R 1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 .
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Via)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vlb) wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • the chitosan used to prepare polymer (H) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and connected to a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine residue are preferred.
  • the chitosan polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation of the amino groups. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • a polymer (I) comprises the partial formula (VII)
  • R 1 is a carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH 2 -group of R 1 ,
  • R 2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R 1 and R 2 , respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carboxy function.
  • R 1 is of formula (Vila)
  • R 2 is of formula (Vllb)
  • m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
  • the polyphosphazen used to prepare polymer (I) of formula (VII) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 ⁇ 00 and 300 ⁇ 00 Da, in particular 30 ⁇ 00 to 70 ⁇ 00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl residue are preferred.
  • the polyphosphazene is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
  • preferred polymers are a-amino acid polymers (D- and L-form) or combinations (co-polymers) of different a-amino acids (A) - (D). More preferred are a-amino acid polymers consisting of poly-lysine, poly-ornithine, poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid. Particularly preferred among these a-amino acid polymers is poly-L-lysine.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20- 1200, preferably 100-1 100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100- 1 100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1 100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1 100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
  • the general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have within the context of this disclosure the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
  • glycoepitope refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein.
  • glycoepitope refers to a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a glycosphingolipid expressed in the nervous system.
  • Glycosphingolipids are known to the skilled person in the art and are a subset of glycolipids defined by their content of sphingosine and are particularly relevant to the nervous system.
  • Subtypes of glycosphingolipids are cerebrosides (single carbohydrate attached to the lipid part), (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type (sialylated or non-sialylated oligosaccharide attached to the lipid part).
  • glycoepitope refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin- like glycan-binding protein, wherein said glycoepitope is comprised by a glycosphingolipid that is expressed in the nervous system and wherein said a glycosphingolipid is selected from cerebrosides, (neo)lactosides, gangliosides, sulfoglucuronyl paraglobosides or carbohydrate moieties comprised by compounds of formula I or formula II.
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type or a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I) or formula (II).
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type.
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I).
  • said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II).
  • reducing end refers to the terminal monosaccharide of the glycoepitope with a free anomeric carbon that is not involved in a glycosidic bond, wherein said free anomeric carbon bears a hemiacetal group.
  • Ci-C 4 -alkyl refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes butyl, such as n-butyl, sec-butyl, / ' so-butyl, ie f-butyl, propyl, such as n-propyl or / ' so-propyl, ethyl or methyl.
  • the term “CrC 4 -alkyl” refers to methyl or ethyl, n-propyl or / ' so-propyl.
  • the term “CrC 4 -alkyl” refers to methyl.
  • Ci-C 8 -alkyl refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • CrC 7 -alkylene refers to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain, preferably to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, -CH 2 -, -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-, -CH 2 -CH 2 -CH 2 -, -CH(CH 3 )-CH 2 -, or - CH(CH 2 CH 3 )-.
  • CrC 7 -alkoxy refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms.
  • CrC 4 -alkoxy refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, / ' so-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and ie f-butoxy.
  • the term "Ci-C 4 - alkoxy” refers to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy.
  • CrC 4 -alkoxy refers to methoxy.
  • CrC 7 -alkoxy refers to the linker Z defined as -N(R a )-A-B-CH2-(CH 2 )q-SH, and when referring to A within said linker Z, should refer, as evident from the description and examples herein, to a bivalent d-C 7 -alkoxy group including groups such as -(CH 2 ) n O- or - 0(CH 2 ) n - with n requal 1 to 7, typically and very preferably to groups such as -0(CH 2 ) n - forming with the N(R a ) of the linker Z a preferred bonding N(R a )-0(CH 2 ) n -.
  • Ci-C 8 -alkenyl refers to is a straight or branched chain containing one or more, e.g. two or three, double bonds, and is preferably CrC 4 -alkenyl, such as 1 - or 2-butenyl, 1 -propenyl, allyl or vinyl. Double bonds in principle can have E- or Z-configuration.
  • the compounds of this invention may therefore exist as isomeric mixtures or single isomers. If not specified both isomeric forms are intended.
  • C-i-Cs-alkynyl refers to is a straight or branched chain comprising one or more, preferably one triple bond. Preferred are CrC 4 - alkynyl, such as propargyl or acetylenyl.
  • Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S ⁇ configuration.
  • the compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers.
  • aryl refers to a mono- or bicyclic fused ring aromatic group with 5 to 10 carbon atoms optionally carrying substituents, such as phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, or also a partially saturated bicyclic fused ring comprising a phenyl group, such as indanyl, indolinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydronaphthyl, all optionally substituted.
  • substituents such as phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl
  • aryl is phenyl, indanyl, indolinyl or tetrahydronaphthyl, in particular phenyl.
  • heteroaryl refers to an aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Heteroaryl rings do not contain adjacent oxygen atoms, adjacent sulfur atoms, or adjacent oxygen and sulfur atoms within the ring.
  • Monocyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl groups and bicyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 9 or 10 membered fused-ring heteroaryl groups.
  • heteroaryl examples include pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and benzo or pyridazo fused derivatives of such monocyclic heteroaryl groups, such as indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, or purinyl, all optionally substituted.
  • heteroaryl refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members.
  • heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimdinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine; in particular pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyr
  • substituents are preferably and independently selected from CrC 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, amino-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, acylamino-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, aryl-Cr C 4 -alkyl hydroxy, carboxy, CrC 4 -alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, hydroxysulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, or nitro, in particular Ci-C 4 -alkyl, Ci-C 4 - alkoxy, amino-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, acylamino-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, carboxy, CrC 4 -alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, or aminosulfonyl
  • heteroaryl refers to heteroaryl substituted by up to three substituents, preferably up to two substituents.
  • substituents are preferably and independently selected from Ci-C 4 - alkyl, Ci-C 4 -alkoxy, halo- CrC 4 -alkyl, hydroxy, CrC 4 -alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, aryl-Ci-C 4 -alkyl, or nitro.
  • Cycloalkyl has preferably 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms, and may be unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by Ci-C 4 -alkyl or Ci-C 4 -alkoxy. Cycloalkyl is, for example and preferably, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, methylcyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl, in particular cyclopropyl.
  • Acyl designates, for example, alkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryl- Ci-C 4 - alkylcarbonyl, or heteroarylcarbonyl.
  • Ci-C 4 -acyl is preferably lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular propionyl or acetyl.
  • Ac stands for acetyl.
  • Hydroxyalkyl is especially hydroxy- CrC 4 -alkyl, preferably hydroxy methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-hydroxy-2-propyl.
  • Haloalkyl is preferably fluoroalkyl, especially trifluoromethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl.
  • Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • ArylalkyI includes aryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. benzyl, 1 -phenethyl or 2-phenethyl.
  • Heteroarylalkyl includes heteroaryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, 1 - or 2-pyrrolylmethyl, 1 -pyrazolylmethyl, 1 -imidazolylmethyl, 2-(1 - imidazolyl)ethyl or 3-(1 -imidazolyl)propyl.
  • the substituents are preferably those mentioned as substituents hereinbefore.
  • substituted amino is alkylamino, dialkylamino, optionally substituted arylamino, optionally substituted arylalkylamino, lower alkylcarbonylamino, benzoylamino, pyridylcarbonylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino or optionally substituted aminocarbonylamino.
  • Particular salts considered are those replacing the hydrogen atoms of the sulfate group and the carboxylic acid function.
  • Suitable cations are, e.g., sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or ammonium cations, or also cations derived by protonation from primary, secondary or tertiary amines containing, for example, CrC 4 -alkyl, hydroxy- CrC 4 -alkyl or hydroxy- CrC 4 -alkoxy- CrC 4 -alkyl groups, e.g., 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxy- ethoxy)ethyldimethylammonium, diethylammonium, di(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, trimethylammonium, triethylammonium, 2-hydroxyethyldimethylammonium, or di(2- hydroxyethyl)methylammonium, also from correspondingly substituted cyclic secondary and tertiary amines,
  • any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, and vice versa, as appropriate and expedient
  • a preferred polymer backbone in the inventive polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I) or formula (II) is polylysine, in particular poly-L-lysine.
  • the molecular weight of the polylysine is 1 ⁇ 00 to 300 ⁇ 00 kD, preferably 10 ⁇ 00 to 200 ⁇ 00 kD. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50 ⁇ 00 kD, 85 ⁇ 00 kD, 125 ⁇ 00 kD or 200 ⁇ 00 kD. Most preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50 ⁇ 00 kD.
  • the invention relates to such polymers wherein the relative loading of polymer backbone with the carbohydrate moiety of said compound of formula (I) and/or (II) is 10 - 90 %, meaning that 10 - 90 % of all lysine side chains in the polymer are connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), the remaining amino functions being capped.
  • the loading of the polymer is 20 - 70 %, more preferably 30 - 60 %.
  • polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are selected from 4 * , 9 * , 13 * , 17 * , 21 * , 25 * , 29 * or 33 * , and 46 * -60 * .
  • the polymers of the present invention which comprises the inventive compounds comprising a carbohydrate moieties and linkers Z, wherein said carbohydrate moieties mimic glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system allow straightforward coupling of said carbohydrate moieties such as ganglioside glycoepitopes to biodegradable poly-L-lysine and other functionalized biodegradable polymers without loosing the integrity of the carbohydrate moieties at their reducing end.
  • This is in particular important since the monosaccharide with the reducing end comprised the carbohydrate moieties can also contribute to binding affinity to antibodies or other targets, and thus chemical linkage methods that leave this carbohydrate ring intact are preferable.
  • the resulting inventive chemically defined glycoconjugates/glycopolymers based on biodegradable polymer backbones can be used in a clinical context, either therapeutic and diagnostic, to detect or neutralize pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies.
  • the multivalent presentation of the carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, on, preferably, poly-L-lysine, can substantially increase their binding affinity towards binding partners.
  • the invention relates to polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) wherein the polymer is poly-L-lysine and wherein said polymer further comprises said linker Z connecting said compounds to the polymer backbone.
  • Poly-L-lysine is biodegradable and therefore in particular suitable for therapeutical application.
  • the compounds of the invention have valuable pharmacological properties.
  • the invention also relates to compounds as defined hereinbefore for use as medicaments.
  • a compound according to the invention shows prophylactic and therapeutic efficacy especially against neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune- mediated neuropathies.
  • One or multiple compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising these can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations, or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents.
  • Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially immunosuppressive agents/ therapies.
  • immunosuppressive agents/ therapies are purine analogues such as fludarabine and/or cladribine, plasmapheresis, intravenous immunoglobulins, furthermore the chimeric monoclonal antibody rituximab (M.C. Dalakas, Curr Treat Opinions Neurol, 2010, 12, 71 -83).
  • the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the invention in a diagnostic assay for neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the invention relates to kits comprising the compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) as defined above, and also polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the present invention relates to a method of diagnosis of neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, wherein the level of antibodies (e.g. IgM/lgG) against glycans of the nervous system, particularly glycolipids, is determined in a body fluid sample, e.g. serum, and a high level is indicative of the development and the severity of a particular neurological condition.
  • a body fluid sample e.g. serum
  • body fluids than serum are useful for determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes and are, e.g., whole blood, cerebrospinal fluid or extracts from solid tissue.
  • Any known method may be used for the determination of the level of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in body fluids. Methods considered are, e.g., ELISA, RIA, EIA, or microarray analysis.
  • a preferred method for the determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in human body fluids, e.g. in serum, is an ELISA.
  • microtiter plates are coated with compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or preferably polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the plates are then blocked and the sample or a standard solution is loaded.
  • an anti- IgM/lgG antibody is applied, e.g. an anti-lgM or anti-lgG antibody directly conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. with an enzyme for chromogenic detection.
  • a polyclonal rabbit (or mouse) anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibody is added.
  • a second antibody detecting the particular type of the anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibody e.g. an anti-rabbit (or anti-mouse) antibody conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above, is then added.
  • a suitable label e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above.
  • the plate is developed with a substrate for the label in order to detect and quantify the label, being a measure for the presence and amount of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system.
  • the label is an enzyme for chromogenic detection
  • the substrate is a colour-generating substrate of the conjugated enzyme. The colour reaction is then detected in a microplate reader and compared to standards.
  • Suitable labels are chromogenic labels, i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound, spectroscopic labels, e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color, affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
  • chromogenic labels i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound
  • spectroscopic labels e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color
  • affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
  • Detection devices are useful components as readout systems for antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
  • kits further contain anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibodies (or anti-lgM/lgG antibody fragments) carrying a suitable label, or anti- lgM / anti-lgG antibodies and second antibodies carrying such a suitable label, and reagents or equipment to detect the label, e.g. reagents reacting with enzymes used as labels and indicating the presence of such a label by a colour formation or fluorescence, standard equipment, such as microtiter plates, pipettes and the like, standard solutions and wash solutions.
  • the ELISA can be also designed in a way that patient blood or serum samples are used for the coating of microtiter plates with the subsequent detection of anti-glycan antibodies with labelled compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or labelled polymers comprising such compounds as substituents.
  • the label is either directly detectable or indirectly detectable via an antibody.
  • the polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention binds to the pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies and potentially downregulates the anti-glycan IgM or IgG antibody production. It allows an antigen-specific treatment for neurological diseases involving anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes. Furthermore the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and/or (II) or a polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention.
  • compositions for parenteral administration such as subcutaneous, intravenous, intrahepatic or intramuscular administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are considered.
  • the compositions comprise the active ingredient(s) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the dosage of the active ingredient(s) depends upon the age, weight, and individual condition of the patient, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration.
  • preference is given to the use of suspensions or dispersions of the carbohydrate polymer of the invention, especially isotonic aqueous dispersions or suspensions which, for example, can be made up shortly before use.
  • compositions may be sterilized and/or may comprise excipients, for example preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubilizers, viscosity- increasing agents, salts for regulating osmotic pressure and/or buffers and are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving and lyophilizing processes.
  • excipients for example preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubilizers, viscosity- increasing agents, salts for regulating osmotic pressure and/or buffers.
  • Suitable carriers for enteral administration are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, and also binders, such as starches, for example corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate.
  • Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol, or
  • Tablet cores can be provided with suitable, optionally enteric, coatings through the use of, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may comprise gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl- methylcellulose phthalate. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablets or tablet coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient(s).
  • compositions for oral administration also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol.
  • the hard capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in admixture with fillers, such as corn starch, binders, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilizers.
  • the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxy- ethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
  • suitable liquid excipients such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxy- ethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
  • compositions suitable for rectal administration are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base.
  • Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols.
  • compositions according to the invention may contain separate tablets, granules or other forms of orally acceptable formulation of the active ingredients, or may contain a mixture of active ingredients in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form, as described above.
  • the separate orally acceptable formulations or the mixture in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form may be slow release and controlled release pharmaceutical compositions.
  • compositions comprise from approximately 1 % to approximately 95% active ingredient or mixture of active ingredients, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient(s) and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient(s).
  • the invention also relates to the mentioned pharmaceutical compositions as medicaments in the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularyl immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the present invention relates furthermore to a method of treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularyl immune-mediated neuropathies, which comprises administering a composition according to the invention in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal requiring such treatment.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions can be administered prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against the said diseases, to a warmblooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment.
  • the daily, weekly or monthly dose administered is from approximately 0.01 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 1 .5 g, of the active ingredients in a composition of the present invention.
  • NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance DMX-500 (500 MHz) spectrometer. Assignment of 1 H and 13 C NMR spectra was achieved using 2D methods (COSY, HSQC and HMBC). Chemical shifts are expressed in ppm using residual CHCI 3 , CHD 2 OD, DMSO-d 6 or HDO as references. IR spectra were recorded using a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer. Electron spray ionization mass spectra (ESI-MS) were obtained on a Waters micromass ZQ.
  • ESI-MS Electron spray ionization mass spectra
  • HRMS analysis was carried using an Agilent 1 100LC equipped with a photodiode array detector and a micromass QTOF I equipped with a 4 GHz digital-time converter. Reactions were monitored by ESI-MS and TLC using glass plates coated with silica gel 60 F 25 4 (Merck) and visualized by using UV light and/or by charring with mostain (a 0.02 M solution of ammonium cerium sulfate dihydrate and ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate in 10% aq H 2 S0 4 ). Column chromatography was performed on silica gel (Redisep normal phase silica gel column 35/70) or RP-18 (Merck LiChroprep® RP-18 40/63).
  • Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 38, 42 and 45 bear the same carbohydrate (GM1 a) but differ by their linker moiety.
  • Polylysine glycoconjugate 78 bears a GM4 mimetic.
  • Polylysine glycoconjugate 86 bears the H0 3 S-p-D-GlcpA-(1 ⁇ 3)-p-D-Galp (HNK- 1 ) disaccharide.
  • the above-mentioned glycoconjugates (6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 45, 78, 86) are all poly-L-lysine conjugates.
  • Conjugates 89 and 93 bear the same HNK-1 disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (poly-L-lysine dendrimer and poly-L- ornithine respectively).
  • Conjugates 100 and 102 bear the same lactose disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (chitosan and poly-L-glutamic acid respectively).
  • the synthesis of the HNK-1 disaccharide 58 functionalized by Iinker5 72 is described in Scheme 17.
  • the synthesis of the lactose disaccharide 56 functionalized by Iinker5 72 is described in Scheme 121.
  • the synthesis of linkers 35, 39, 43 and 72 is described in Scheme 12, 13, 14 and 15 respectively.
  • Linker 2 and compound 66 were synthesized according to a published procedure (O. Bohorov, et al. Glycobiology, 2006, 16, 21 C-27C). Chloroacetylated poly-L- lysine 5 (250 lysine repeating units) was synthesized from commercial poly-L-lysine polymer according to a published procedure (G. Thoma et al., J Am Chem Soc 1999, 121 , 5919-5929). Derivatives 68, 73, 74, 80, 87 and 98 were synthesized according to published procedures (respectively I.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a polymer 6 (2.88 mg, 84%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 28% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 4.
  • the GM1 a epitope 4 carrying the linker Z with the terminal sulfhydryl function was synthesized and reacted in a substochiometric amount with the activated (chloroacetylated) lysine polymer 5.
  • the carbohydrate loading (28%) of the obtained glycopolymer 6 was determined by 1 H NMR.
  • the starting polylysine hydrobromide had an average molecular weight (MW) of 52 kDa (250 repeating lysine units), whereas the final polymer 6 with 28% GM1 a epitope loading had a calculated average MW of 145 kDa.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 b polymer 10 (4.2 mg, 61 %) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 45% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 9.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the asialo GM1 polymer 14 (4.6 mg, 71 %) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 44% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 13.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM2 polymer 18 (4.5 mg, 56%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 49% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 17.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1 b polymer 26 (0.68 mg, 40%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 20% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 25.
  • Reagents and conditions a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 50%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, ⁇ -thiobutyrolactone, Et 3 N, DMF, 66%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD3 polymer 30 (0.3 mg, 18%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 17% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 29.
  • Reagents and conditions a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 84%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, ⁇ -thiobutyrolactone, Et 3 N, DMF, 24%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GT1 a polymer 34 (0.28 mg, 25%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 57% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 33.
  • Reagents and conditions a) 35, sodium acetate buffer, 58%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et 3 N, DMF, 74%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii. thioglycerol, Et 3 N, 41 % /V-[0-Methyl-/V-(2-aminoethyl)hv ⁇
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker2 polymer 38 (2.5 mg, 41 %) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 41 % of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 37.
  • GM1 a-linker3-polymer (42) To a solution of 5 (1.72 mg, 8.41 ⁇ ) in DMF (84 ⁇ _) were subsequently added compound 41 (5.21 mg, 4.21 ⁇ , 0.5 equiv), water (8.4 ⁇ _) and a solution of DBU (1 .9 ⁇ _, 13 ⁇ , 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (17 ⁇ _). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.2 ⁇ _, 25 ⁇ , 3.0 equiv) and Et 3 N (3.5 ⁇ _, 25 ⁇ , 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h.
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker3-polymer 42 (2.64 mg, 32%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 61 % of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 41.
  • Reagents and conditions a) 43, sodium acetate buffer, 48%; b) i.5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii. thioglycerol, Et 3 N, 90% /V-(0-Methyl-/V-r2-(2-ethylthio)e ⁇
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker4-polymer 45 (3.08 mg, 90%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 30% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 44.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 0 and extracted with DCM (3 x). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na 2 S0 4 . The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 62 (158 mg, 0.832 mmol, 39%) as a colourless oil.
  • Aminoalcohol 62 (160 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 .1 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 320 ⁇ , 4.2 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0°C followed by 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (9:1 ⁇ 7:3) gave amine 62 (100 mg) as a TFA salt partially.
  • TFA trifluoroacetic acid
  • Alcohol 64 (1 .25 g, 6.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (34 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCI, 0.80 mL, 10.3 mmol, 1 .7 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et 3 N (1.9 mL, 13.4 mmol, 2.2 equiv). After stirring for 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with acetone (33 mL) and LiBr (8.9 g, 103 mmol, 17 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • MsCI methanesulfonyl chloride
  • Aminoalcohol 67 (421 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 .6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and TFA (480 ⁇ , 6.29 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0°C followed by 5 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (95:5 ⁇ 7:3) gave amine 39 (162 mg, 1 .21 mmol, 96%) as a colourless oil.
  • Reagents and conditions a) DIBAL-H, DCM, 61 %; b) i. MeONH 2 HCI, AcONa, EtOH; ii. NaBH 3 CN, AcCI, EtOH, 17%
  • Ester 68 (100 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd DCM (1 .2 mL). The solution was cooled to -78°C and DIBAL-H (1 M in Toluene, 0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol, 1 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at -78°C, DIBAL-H (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol, 0.5 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for another 30 min at -78°C, potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (1 .7 g) and H 2 0 (2.0 mL) were added to the reaction mixture.
  • reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 0 and extracted with DCM (3 x). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na 2 S0 4 . The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 43 (49 mg, 0.29 mmol, 17%) as a colourless oil.
  • Reagents and conditions a) i. 71 ; ii. MeONH 2 HCI, AcONa, EtOH; iii. NaBH 3 CN, AcCI, EtOH, 29%
  • Reagents and conditions a) i. Bu 2 SnO, MeOH; ii. 74, CsF, DME, 23%; b) Pd(OH) 2 , H 2 , THF/H 2 0, 40%; c) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 64%; d) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii. thioglycerol, Et 3 N, 67%
  • Diol 73 (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd MeOH (5 ml_).
  • Bu 2 SnO (58 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 .05 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 80°C for 4 h. After that time, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was dried under high vacuum for 5 h. The crude residue was disolved under Ar in anhyd 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (DME, 2.5 ml_).
  • Anhyd CsF (67 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and triflate 74 (175 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added.
  • the a-anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 0) ⁇ 5.17 (d, 1 H), 4.20 (dd, 1 H), 4.01 -3.97 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 1 H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61 -3.58 (m, 1 H), 1.74-1 .51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1 .07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 0) ⁇ 4.50 (d, 1 H), 4.18 (dd, 1 H), 3.94 (d, 1 H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61 -3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (dd, 1 H), 3.40 (dd, 1 H), 1 .74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1 .19-1 .07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the GM4 mimetic polymer 78 (3.84 mg, 67%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 56% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 77.
  • Reagents and conditions a) BzCN, DMAP, 4 A MS, DCM, -78°C, 74%; b) 80, NIS, TfOH, DCM, -20°C, 57%; c) NaOAc, MeOH, 64%; d) S0 3 Pyr, DMF, 82%; e) LiOH, THF/H 2 0, 83%; f) Pd(OH) 2 /C, H 2 , H 2 0/MeOH, quant; g) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 33%;
  • Lactone 81 (109 mg, 138 ⁇ ) was dissolved at 0°C in anhyd DCM/MeOH (1 :4, 2.5 mL). Anhyd NaOAc (10 mg, 124 ⁇ , 0.9 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the mixture was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H + resin. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography using PE/Acet (75:25 ⁇ 7:3) gave the desired alcohol 82 (73 g, 88.2 ⁇ , 64%) as a white foam.
  • Acetate 83 (70 mg, 75 ⁇ ) was dissolved in a solution of THF/H 2 0 (10:1 , 1 .8 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and a 2.0 M aq LiOH solution (0.4 mL, 1 15 mmol, 9.5 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and allowed to slowly reach rt. The next morning, the reaction was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H + resin. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H 2 0 (0% ⁇ 50%) gave the corresponding uronate 84 (47 mg, 62 ⁇ , 83%) as a white foam.
  • the a-anomer had: 1 H-NMR (500 MHz, D 2 0) ⁇ 5.30 (d, 1 H), 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (t, 1 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 4.12 (ddd, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H).
  • the ⁇ -anomer had: 1 H NMR (500 MHz, D 2 0) ⁇ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.65 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (t, 1 H), 4.20 (d, 1 H), 3.82 (dd, 1 H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.66 (dd, 1 H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H).
  • Reagents and conditions a) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H 2 0; ii. thioglycerol, Et 3 N, 87% HNK-1 polymer (86): To a solution of 5 (3.59 mg, 17.5 ⁇ ) in DMF (175 ⁇ _) were subsequently added compound 58 (5.07 mg, 7.88 ⁇ , 0.45 equiv), water (28 ⁇ _) and a solution of DBU (3.9 ⁇ _, 26 ⁇ , 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (36 ⁇ _).
  • HNK-1 polymer 86 (7.4 mg, 87%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 40% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Scheme 19 Synthesis of HNK-1 -polylysine dendrimer glycocon jugate 86
  • Poly-L-lysine dendrimer (generation 6, 64 outer amine groups, TFA salt, 10 mg, 41.8 ⁇ ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1 , 130 ⁇ _) The solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of (CIAc) 2 0 (7.0 mg, 52 ⁇ , 1.25 equiv) in anhyd DMF (17 ⁇ _) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the dendrimer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et 2 0/EtOH (1 :1 , 2 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et 2 0/EtOH (1 :1 ) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated dendrimer 88 (7.2 mg, 89%) as an off-white solid.
  • (CIAc) 2 0 7.0 mg, 52 ⁇ , 1.25 equiv) in
  • the product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et 2 0 (1 :1 , 2 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/dentrimeric polylysine conjugate 89 (3.54 mg, 58%) as a white solid. According to 1 H NMR, the product contained approximately 48% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
  • Reagents and conditions a) i. Resin OH " , H 2 0; ii. 10% aq PTSA, 91 %; b) (CIAc) 2 0, DMF/2,6-lutidine, 63%; c) 58, DBU, then thioglycerol, Et 3 N, DMF/H 2 0, 61 %
  • Poly-L-ornithine hydrobromide 25 mg dissolved in 0.25 ml water was passed through an anion exchange column, (Ambersep 900 hydroxide form, 5 x 0.5 cm). The effluent solution was neutralized with 10% aq p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA). Lyophilisation gave the tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33.5 mg, 91 %) as a white fluffy solid.
  • 1 H NMR 500 MHz, D 2 0) ⁇ 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (t, 2H), 7.1 1 (t, 2H), 4.15 (s, 1 H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 1 .75-1 .46 (m, 4H).
  • the tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33 mg, 1 16 ⁇ ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1 , 360 ⁇ _) The solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of (CIAc) 2 0 (25 mg, 145 ⁇ , 1.25 equiv) in DMF (48 ⁇ _) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the polymer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et 2 0/EtOH (1 :1 , 4 ml_).
  • Reagents and conditions a) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 78%; b) 95, Cs 2 C0 3 , DMF, 75%; c) 20% piperidine in DMF, 64% /V-(0-Methyl /V-[2-[(2-ethylthiolpropylthiolhvdroxylamine)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ '4)-p-D- glucopyranoside (56)
  • Derivative 96 (28 mg, 37 ⁇ ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). Piperidine (0.2 mL) was added to the solution under Ar. After stirring for 4 h at rt under Ar, the solvents were coevaporated with toluene (3x). Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in 0.1% aq TFA (0% ⁇ 60%) gave the corresponding amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 ⁇ , 64%) as a white foam.
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1 a epitope), 26 (GD1 b epitope), and 34 (GT1 a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland).
  • the 96 well microtiter plates coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina were washed two times with washing buffer (300 ⁇ /well) before adding the carbohydrate polymers in eight different concentrations, 25 ⁇ /well.
  • the patient sera containing anti-ganglioside IgG or IgM antibodies were added in the appropriate dilutions, 25 ⁇ /well (2x concentrated), to obtain a total of 50 ⁇ volume per well.
  • the plate was covered with a plate sealer and incubated for 2 h at 4-8°C.
  • the wells were washed three times with wash buffer (300 ⁇ /well) before either the anti-human IgM antibody- horseradish peroxidase conjugate or the anti-human IgG antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate was added (100 ⁇ /well).
  • the plate was incubated for 2 h at 4-8°C.
  • a substrate solution of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB in citrate buffer with hydrogen peroxide) was added (100 ⁇ /well) and the plate incubated for further 30 minutes at 600 rpm and room temperature, protected from light. Finally, a stop solution (0.25 M sulfuric acid) was added (100 ⁇ /well) and the degree of colorimetric reaction was determined by absorption measurement at 450 nm with a microplate reader (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, California, USA).
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymer 86 (HNK-1 epitope mimetic 58) was tested in the anti-MAG ELISA (kit from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland).
  • the assay protocol was performed according to the one described above for the GanglioCombi(- Light) ELISA.
  • the assay was performed with co-incubation of polymer (25 ⁇ /well) and a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibody (25 ⁇ /well) at a final dilution of 1 :1000.
  • the assay was performed by incubation of mouse plasma diluted 1 :100 (50 ⁇ /well). Both, the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM and anti-HNK-1 (anti- MAG) IgM in plasma of immunized BALB/c mice (pre- and post-treatment) were detected with goat anti-mouse IgM HRP conjugate (Sigma Aldrich, A8786) diluted 1 :10 ⁇ 00.
  • glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG purified from bovine cauda equina both glycolipids contain the HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
  • the isolation of glycolipids was performed according to a protocol described by Burger et al. (Journal of Immunological Methods 1991 , 140, 31 -36). These glycosphingolipids were taken up in PBS, mixed with KLH (1 .4 mg/ml final concentration) and emulsified with an equal volume of TiterMax® Gold.
  • the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1 a epitope), 26 (GD1 b epitope), and 34 (GT1 a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland). These ELISAs are used to support the clinical diagnosis of immune-mediated neuropathies.
  • the assays allow the determination of the anti- ganglioside IgM/lgG antibodies titer (e.g. gangliosides GM1 , GD1 a, and GQ1 b) in serum samples from patients.
  • ELISAs as competitive binding assays.
  • the synthesized compounds and patient serum samples were given into 96 well plates, coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina. Immobilized gangliosides and the synthesized compounds competed for binding to the anti-ganglioside antibodies. After a washing step ganglioside-bound antibodies (IgM/lgG) were detected with horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies, followed by a colorimetric reaction.
  • IgM/lgG horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies
  • FIG. 1 The principle of the assay is depicted in FIG. 1 .
  • sera from seven patients (anti-GM1 a: PP IgG Pos., P21 , P3, P4; anti-GD1 b: P22; anti-GQ1 b: EK-GCO 1803, P23), tested positive for anti- ganglioside reactivity during clinical laboratory routine analysis, were chosen.
  • IgG and IgM antibody titers were determined for each serum in preliminary experiments.
  • IC 5 o values of compound 6 were determined for sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG), P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM).
  • Compound 26 were evaluated with serum P22 (IgG).
  • the IC 50 values of compound 34 were determined for sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG). The results are shown in the Table below. The inhibition curves are shown in FIG. 2.
  • the inventive polymers 6, 26, 34 are glycopolymers that imitate the natural glycoepitopes of the GM1 a-, GD1 b-, and the GT1 a-gangliosides. These and other glycoepitopes are involved in autoimmune neurological diseases; they are targets for antibodies that trigger demyelination and neurodegeneration (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 - 2625).
  • the prepared glycopolymers are based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone and are designed for a therapeutic application in patients, where pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by these polymers.
  • glycopolymers mimicking a specific glycoepitope can neutralize antibodies of different isotypes, e.g. antibodies of the IgG and/or the IgM type. It is also interesting to note, that partial glycoepitope structures can be sufficient to retain affinity to anti-ganglioside antibodies.
  • the IC 50 value of compound 86 was determined for the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. This antibody shows comparable reactivity with the HNK-1 glycoepitope as monoclonal anti-MAG IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. The results are shown in the Table 2 below. The inhibition curve is shown in FIG. 2E. Table 2: ICsn value of glycopolymer 86, tested with the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody including standard deviation.
  • the inventive polymer 86 is a glycopolymer that imitates the natural trisaccharide glycoepitope HNK-1 which is present in the peripheral nervous system as part of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG but also the glycoprotein MAG.
  • This HNK-1 glycoepitope is the target of an autoimmune attack in the neurological disorder anti-MAG neuropathy.
  • the prepared glycopolymer is based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone of an average of 400 lysines, wherein 40% of the lysine side chains are loaded with the HNK-1 mimetic 58. The remaining 60% of side chains are caped with thioglycerole to improve the water solubility of the polymer.
  • the polymer is designed for a therapeutic application in anti-MAG neuropathy patients (or patients with other neurological diseases with the same or similar antibodies), where pathogenic anti-HNK-1 (MAG/SGPG/SGLPG) antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by this polymer.
  • Polymer 86 inhibits the binding of the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM to the HNK-1 epitope on MAG at nanomolar concentrations (Table 2).
  • the therapeutic utility of polymer 86 is further supported by in vivo data (Fig. 3).
  • mouse antibodies are a model for pathogenic human anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients.
  • a dose of 10mg/kg or polymer 86 significantly reduced the levels of mouse anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies up to seven days after administration.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
  • Polyamides (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the globoside-, the ganglioside- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases. The invention further relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands/moieties, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies. In particular, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of one compound of formula (I) or (II) or combinations of several compounds of formula (I), and/or (II). The compounds of formula (I) are defined as: formula (I), wherein RI1 is Z or (AA) or (BB) or (CC) or (DD); wherein RI2 is H, SO3H, or (EE) or (FF) or (GG) or (HH) or (JJ) or (KK) or (LL), wherein RI3 is H or (MM); wherein RI4 is H or (NN) or (OO), wherein RI5 and RI6 are independently H or (EE); wherein RI7 is H or (EE) or (FF) and compounds of formula (II) are defined as: formula (II), wherein RII1 is Z or (PP), wherein RII2 is Z or (QQ) or (RR) or (SS) or (TT), wherein Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, C1-C4-alkyl, C1-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C1-C7-alkylene, C1-C7-alkoxy, C1-C4-alkyl–(OCH2CH2)pO–C1-C4-alkyl, or C1-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1, 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1, 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.

Description

Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
Field of the invention
The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases.
Background of the invention
Various neurological diseases are associated with the presence or increased levels of anti-glycan antibodies. Anti-glycolipid antibodies, particularly anti-ganglioside antibodies have been detected in a variety of neuropathological conditions, e.g. in multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS) autoimmune-mediated neuropathies including chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Guillain-Barre-syndrome (GBS) (with subtypes acute motor axonal neuropathy (AMAN), acute motor and sensory axonal neuropathy (AMSAN) and acute inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (AIDP)), Miller Fisher syndrome (MFS) and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN) (K. Kollewe et al., Plos One 2015, 10).
There is evidence from cell culture, tissue culture and animal models that anti-glycan antibodies are involved in immune-mediated attack towards the nervous system. The anti- glycan antibodies target relevant antigens on neuronal or myelin cells and can lead to disruption of nerve fiber function, conduction failure, axonal degeneration and demyelination (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 -2625; K. A. Sheikh and G. Zhang, F1000 Biology Reports, 2010, 2, 21 ).
There are several mechanism that can explain the pathogenicity of the anti-glycan antibodies, including complement fixation and formation of membrane attack complex, disruption of signaling e.g. through sodium channel blockage (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, loc. cit) or disruption of lipid rafts and interference with signaling pathways therein (A Ueda et al., Mol Cell Neurosci, 2010, 45(4), 355-62). Anti-ganglioside antibodies are also involved in dysfunction of the blood-brain barrier and thus contribute to progression of neurodegenerative diseases (T. Ariga, J Neurosci Res, 2014, 92, 1227- 1242). Interestingly, some anti-glycan antibodies involved in immune-mediated neuropathy do not recognize single glycans but glycan clusters, particularly glycolipid complexes (pattern-recognition antibodies). Thus anti-glycolipid antibodies with pattern recognition characteristics have been described recently in immune-mediated neuropathy where previously no antibodies could be identified. Such antibodies have been identified in GBS, e.g. in the GBS subtype AIDP (H. J. Willison and C. S. Goodyear, Cell, 2013, 34, 453-459).
A pathogenic role for the anti-glycan antibodies is not always clear, even if it is established in immune-mediated neuropathies of acute and chronic types. In this group of diseases specific anti-glycolipid antibodies and specific clinical serological patterns are associated with particular clinical phenotypes (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 - 2625). The anti-glycan antibodies are usually of the IgM, IgG or IgA type.
The carbohydrate epitopes relevant to immune-mediated neuropathies are predominantly glycolipids, mostly of the ganglioside type involving GM1 (GM1 a), GM1 b, GalNAc-GM1 b, Fucosyl-GM1 , GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1 a, GalNAc-GD1 a, GD1 b, GT1 a, GT1 b, GT1 aa, GQ1 b, GQ1 ba, LM1 , Hex-LM1 , furthermore carbohydrate antigens of the group of non- sialylated glycolipids such as sulfatide or asialo-GM1 / asialo-GM2, galactocerebroside, SGPG and SGLPG (HNK-1 epitope) (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 - 2625).
In the group of acute immune-mediated neuropathies, GBS encompasses several disease conditions that often involve autoantibodies against nerve glycoepitopes. The major subgroups among GBS are AMAN, AMSAN and AIDP, with AMAN predominantly affecting motor nerves compared to the other subtypes. GBS is associated with autoantibodies against gangliosides such as GM1 , GD1 a and structurally similar GM1 b and GalNAc-GD1 a, but also against ganglioside complexes, e.g. GM1 and GD1 a. The pharyngeal-cervical-brachial (PCB) variant of GBS correlates with autoantibodies against GT1 a alone or additionally GQ1 b. Another clinically distinct subgroup of GBS is the Miller Fisher syndrome, which is mainly associated with antibodies against the GQ1 b and the GT1 a epitope. The pathogenic autoantibodies in the group of acute neuropathies are mostly of the IgG isotype (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-1 12).
In contrast to acute neuropathies the chronic immune-mediated neuropathies are mostly associated with IgM autoantibodies. Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP) is the most common form of chronic demyelinating polyneuropathy. Subtypes of CIDP involve pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies (E. Delmont, H. J. Willison, J Neurom Dis., 2015, 2, 107-1 12). The two other major disease groups among the chronic inflammatory neuropathies are the anti-MAG neuropathy and multifocal motor neuropathy (MMN). The anti-MAG neuropathy mainly involves autoantibodies against the HNK-1 epitope, present on multiple myelin antigens such as MAG, SGPG, SGLPG, P0 and PMP22. MMN patients often show autoantibodies against the ganglioside GM1 (or the complex GM1 :GalC). Other, less frequent, chronic neuropathies encompass the chronic sensory axonal neuropathy with anti-sulfatide antibodies, the chronic motor neuropathy with GD1 a or GD1 b antibodies, and the CANOMAD (chronic ataxic neuropathy, opthalmoplegia, M-protein, Agglutination, Disialosyl antibodies) with antibodies against disialosyl gangliosides, such as GQ1 b and GD1 b (E. Nobile-Orazio, Clinical Lymphoma & Myeloma, 2009, 9, 107-109).
Summary of the invention
The invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, polymers comprising these carbohydrate ligands, and to their use in diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases. In particular, the invention relates to carbohydrate ligands and moieties, respectively, mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, particularly glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the cerebroside, the (neo)lacto-, the ganglio- and the sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type, which are bound by anti-glycan antibodies associated with neurological diseases. The invention relates to the use of these carbohydrate ligands and moieties respectively, in diagnosis as well as for the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
In a first aspect, the present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, C C4-alkyl, C C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is d- C7-alkylene, C C7-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or C C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
In a second aspect, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
Figure imgf000006_0001
wherein R11 is Z or
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein R12 is H, S03H, or
Figure imgf000006_0003
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein R is H or
Figure imgf000007_0002
wherein R14 is H or
Figure imgf000007_0003
wherein R and R are independently H or
Figure imgf000007_0004
wherein R17 is H or
Figure imgf000008_0001
and wherein formula (II) is M
Figure imgf000008_0002
wherein R is Z or I2
Figure imgf000008_0003
wherein R is Z or
Figure imgf000008_0004
wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, C C4-alkyl, C C4- alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5! OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is CrC7-alkylene, C C7- alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-C1-C4-alkyl! or CrC7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety. Furthermore, the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z.
Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II). The invention relates also to pharmaceutical compositions comprising these compounds, diagnostic kits containing these, and to the use of these compounds for the diagnosis and therapy of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies.
Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a pharmaceutical composition comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), or comprising said inventive.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of treating a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy. In another aspect, the present invention provides for said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, or said inventive pharmaceutical composition for use in a method of diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy. In another aspect, the present invention provides for a diagnostic kit comprising said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer for the diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for an use of said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer, for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy, wherein further preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis or multifocal motor neuropathy.
In another aspect, the present invention provides for a method of treatment of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune- mediated neuropathy, wherein said method comprises administering said inventive compound, preferably said inventive compound of formula (I) or formula (II), or said inventive polymer in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal, preferably to a human, requiring such treatment.
Brief Description of the Figures
FIG. 1 : Schematic representation of a competitive binding assay (a) Co-incubation of glycolipid-coated plates with neuropathy patient sera, containing anti- glycolipid antibodies of the IgG (and/or IgM) isotype, and glycopolymers. In this particular representative example GM1 a ganglioside-coated plates are co-incubated with anti-GMa IgG-containing serum and glycopolymer 6. (b) Wash step, (c) Incubation with anti-human IgG (or IgM) antibody coupled to horseradish peroxidase, (d) Wash step, (e) Addition of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB) substrate, (f) Addition of acidic stop solution and measurement of the optical density.
FIG. 2: Binding curves for compounds 6, 26, 34 and 86
FIG. 2A: The GM1 a-ganglioside-coated wells were co-incubated with compound 6 (1 mM highest concentration) and the two patient sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG). Compound 6 is a polylysine polymer (average of 250 repeating lysine units) with a defined percentage of lysine residues coupled to the GM1 a glycoepitope (4). The general abbreviation used is as follows: PL(glycoepitope)x with x defining the percentage of glycoepitope loading in %. In this case the polymer is PL(GM1 a)28- Results are indicated as mean ± SD.
FIG. 2B: Co-incubation of GM1 a-coated wells with PL(GM1 a)2s polymer 6 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Results are indicated as mean ± SD.
FIG. 2C: Co-incubation of GD1 b-coated wells with the PL(GD1 b)20 polymer 26 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera P22 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ± SD. FIG. 2D: Co-incubation of GQ1 b-coated wells with the PL(GT1 a)58 polymer 34 (3 mM highest concentration) together with patient sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG), P23 (IgG). Results are indicated as mean ± SD.
FIG. 2E: Co-incubation of MAG-coated wells (MAG contains up to eight HNK-1 glycoepitopes) and the PL(HNK-1 mimetic(58))4o polymer 86 (100 μΜ highest concentration) together with a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. Results are indicated as mean ± SD. FIG. 3: BALB/c wild type mice were immunized against the two glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG, of which both bear the HNK-1 glycoepitope. Immunized mice showed high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies at day 154 after immunization (0 h, pre- treatment). These induced mouse antibodies are a model for human anti-MAG IgM of anti- MAG neuropathy patients. An intravenous administration of the PL(HNK-1 mimetic(58))4o polymer 86 (10 mg/kg) to immunized BALB/c mice (n = 6) led to a significant reduction of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies for up to a week (168h) after administration. Results are indicated as mean ± 95% CI (above) and mean ± SD (below). Results were analyzed by one-way ANOVA with Dunnett's multiple comparison posttest with a 0.05 confidence level accepted for statistical significance (*p<0.05, **p<0.01 , ***p<0.001 ).
Detailed description of the invention
The compounds of the present invention, and in particular the compounds of the present invention of formula (I) or (II), recognize anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system, in particular glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids such as the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, and the ganglio-types. The carbohydrate ligands contain linkers that allow coupling to a polymer backbone for multivalent presentation. The glycopolymers resulting from the coupling are superior in the sequestration of anti-carbohydrate antibodies compared to the respective glycan- monomers. The glycopolymers are suitable diagnostic or therapeutic agents to detect and to bind anti-glycan antibodies in particular associated with neurological diseases.
The present invention provides for a compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics, or alternatively and preferably is, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, C C4-alkyl, C C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C C7-alkylene, C C7-alkoxy, C C4- alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or C C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
In a preferred embodiment, said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type. In a further preferred embodiment, said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a ganglioside, wherein preferably said ganglioside is selected from GM1 (GM1a), GM1b, GalNAc-GM1b, Fucosyl-GM1, GM2, GM3, GD2, GD3, GD1a, GalNAc-GD1a, GD1b, GT1a, GT1b, GT1aa, GQ1 b, GQ1 ba, LM1 or Hex-LM1.
In particular, the present invention provides for a compound of formula (I) or of formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
Figure imgf000013_0001
wherein R'2 is H, S03H, or
Figure imgf000013_0002
Figure imgf000014_0001
wherein R is H or
Figure imgf000014_0002
wherein R is H or
Figure imgf000014_0003
wherein R15 and R16 are independently H or
Figure imgf000014_0004
wherein R17 is H or
Figure imgf000015_0001
Figure imgf000015_0002
Figure imgf000015_0003
wherein R is Z or
Figure imgf000015_0004
wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, CrC4-alkyl, C C4- alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5! OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C C7-alkylene, C C7- alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)P0-Ci-C4-alkyl, or C C7-alkoxy-R , wherein R is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
In a further preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula (I). The scope of the present invention comprises carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system. Preferred compounds mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipid of the nervous system in accordance with the present invention are compounds of the formula (I) as defined herein, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
Figure imgf000016_0001
(la) (lb) wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (lb), R is H, CrC8-alkyl, Ci-C8-alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC8-alkenyl, CrC8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C8- alkoxy, CrC8-alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-Ci-C8-alkyl, i-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with Ci-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
In another preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula (II).
In another preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60* as depicted below.
Figure imgf000016_0002
4*
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000018_0001
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H , Ci-C4-alkyl, C C4- alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is Ci-C7-alkylene, C C7- alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or Ci-C7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is NHC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29*, 33*, or 46*-60*, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
Figure imgf000020_0002
(la) (lb) wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (lb), R18 is H, CrC8-alkyl, Ci-C8-alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC8-alkenyl, CrC8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C8- alkoxy, CrC8-alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, CrC8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyi, cycloalkyl-Ci-C8-alkyl, i-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with Ci-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
Preferred embodiments of said linker Z are as follows. Thus, in one embodiment, Ra is H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CIl3i CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5; A is 0(CH2)PCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O), S or CH2. In a preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)PCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S, and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O). In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S and A is (CH2)pCH2, then q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
In a further preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)pCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 5, preferably 1 , 2 or 3, preferably 2.
In a further preferred embodiment, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
Figure imgf000021_0001
(d)
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1 , and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 1 or 2. In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
In said further preferred embodiment, and in light of the general formula of the present invention said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to
(9):
Figure imgf000022_0002
q (f)
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1 , and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
In a very preferred embodiment, said linker Z is -N(CH3)-0(CH2)2-NHC(0)-(CH2)3-SH.
In a further preferred embodiment, said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type, further preferably of a ganglioside.
In a further preferred embodiment, said carbohydrate moiety mimicking, or alternatively and preferably being, a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II), and said glycoepitope is a glycoepitope of a sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside and hereby in particular a glycoepitope such as the antigenic HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21 , 25, 29, 33, 37, 41 , 44, 56, 58 or 77. The formula are shown in the examples.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21 , 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44. The formula are shown in the examples.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21 , 25, 29, 33, 37, 41 , 44, 56, 58 or 77, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
Figure imgf000023_0002
(la) (lb) wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (lb), R is H, CrC8-alkyl, Ci-C8-alkyl- cycloalkyl, CrC8-alkenyl, CrC8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C8- alkoxy, CrC8-alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-Ci-C8-alkyl, i-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with Ci-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen. In a further very preferred embodiment, said compound is a compound of formula 4, 21 , 25, 33, 37, 41 or 44, wherein at least one of sialic acid moiety is replaced by a replacement moiety as shown and defined in formula (la) or formula (lb)
Figure imgf000024_0001
(la) (lb) wherein for said replacement moiety of formula (lb), R is H, CrC8-alkyl, Ci-C8-alkyl- cycloalkyl, Ci-C8-alkenyl, Ci-C8-alkynyl, aryl, substituted aryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said aryl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroaryl, substituted heteroaryl, wherein preferably said substitution of said hetereoaryl is by halogen, Ci-C8- alkoxy, CrC8-alkyl; arylalkyi, substituted arylalkyi, wherein preferably said substitution of said arylalkyi is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; heteroarylalkyl, substituted heteroarylalkyl, wherein preferably said substitution of said heteroarylalkyl is by halogen, Ci-C8-alkoxy, Ci-C8-alkyl; cycloalkyl, cycloalkyl-Ci-C8-alkyl, i-butyl, adamantyl, triazolyl all of which independently substituted with Ci-C8 alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, halogen.
Furthermore the invention relates to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of substituents derived from the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of the linker Z, and wherein the connection is effected via the SH-moiety of linker Z. Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Such spacer moieties are known to the skilled person in the art and preferred exmples are described herein. Thus, in another aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising a multitude of the inventive compounds, wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides for a polymer comprising (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II). Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
In a further preferred embodiment, said polymer comprises (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH- group of said linker Z, and wherein said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein Ra is H, CrC4-alkyl, C C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or OCH2CH2C6H5; A is C C7-alkylene, C C7-alkoxy, CrC4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or C C7-alkoxy- Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ; B is N HC(O), S or CH2; q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety. Preferably said multitude of compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) are either identical compounds of formula (I) and/or of formula (II) or different compounds selected from of formula (I) and/or of formula (II). Typically, said inventive polymer further comprises spacer moieties for coupling of said SH-moieties of the linker Z to reactive moieties on the polymer backbone. Preferred examples are described herein.
Preferred embodiments of said linker Z are as follows. Thus, in one embodiment, Ra is H , CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3, CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, ΟΟΗ2ΟΗ2ΟΗ3: CH2C6Hs, OCH2C6H5; A is 0(CH2)pCH2! (CH2)PCH2! CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2! (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O), S or CH2. In a preferred embodiment, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S, and A is (CH2)PCH2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3.
In a further preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O). In another preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; and B is NHC(O) or S. Preferably, when B is S and A is (CH2)PCH2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3. In a further preferred embodiment of said linker comprised by said inventive polymer, Ra is CH3 or OCH3; A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2, (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or 0(CH2)pC6H5; B is NHC(O) or S; and q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2, 3, 4 or 5, preferably 2 or 4, further preferably 2.
Preferably, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
Figure imgf000026_0001
(g) wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1 , and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 1 to 6, preferably 1 , 2 or 3; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2.
Preferably, and in light of the general formula of the present invention, said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
Figure imgf000027_0001
OMe
I
. N . . SH
P q (e)
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1 , and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 2 and 4, in particular 2 In one embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are independently 2 to 6, preferably 2, 3 or 4; wherein, when p is 2, then q is 1 to 6, preferably 1 or 3 to 6, and when q is 2, then p is 3 to 6. In another embodiment, when said linker Z is of formula (e), then p and q are not both 2. In a very preferred embodiment, said linker Z is -N(CH3)-0(CH2)2-NHC(0)-(CH2)3-SH. The invention further particularly relates to compounds of formula (I) and (II) and to therapeutically acceptable polymers comprising a multitude of these compounds, including polymers with loading of a multitude of one identical compound of formula (I) or (II) or a multitude being a combination of several different compounds of formula (I) or (II). Preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are preferably selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*.
The inventive polymer comprising the multitude of identical or different compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) wherein the SH-group of said linker Z connects said compounds to the polymer backbone, is preferably an oarmino acid polymer, and hereby typically and preferably a homomeric or heteromeric oarmino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, or a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinylalcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
In a preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an oarmino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer.
In another preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an oamino acid polymer.
In a further preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is an oamino acid polymer and said oamino acid of said oamino acid polymer is lysine, ornithine, glutamic acid, aspartic acid or serine.
In a very preferred embodiment, the polymer backbone is poly-lysine, and wherein preferably the molecular weight of said poly-lysine is 1 Ό00 Da to 300Ό00 Da.
In a further preferred embodiment, the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%, preferably between 20 and 70%, and in particular between 30 and 60%. The latter means that 30 to 60% of the reactive polymer side chains and, if applicable the spacer moiety, are reacted with the -SH group of said linker Z. The percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is typically and preferably determined by NMR spectroscopy and refers to % mole/mole. Further particular examples of polymers of the invention are
(A) a poly-oamino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain aminoalkyl function, such as in poly-lysine, in particular poly-L-lysine or poly-D-lysine, and the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z. A preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group. (B) a poly-oamino acid (D- and L- form), wherein the amino acid carries a side chain carbonylalkyl function, such as in poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid, poly-asparagine or poly-glutamine, and the carbonyl group (which corresponds to the original carboxy group in aspartic acid and glutamic acid, respectively) is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S- of said linker Z.
(C) a poly-oamino acid (D- and L- form), wherein the amino acid carries a side chain hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl function, such as in poly-serine, poly-threonine, poly-tyrosine, or poly-hydroxyproline, and the hydroxy group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S- of said linker Z.
(D) a poly-oamino acid, wherein the amino acid carries a side chain thiolalkyl function, such as in poly-cysteine, wherein the terminal CH2 group of the amino acid side-chain (next to the thiol) is connected to the terminal SH group of linker Z, typically and preferably as a thioether;
(E) Co-polymers of two or more different oamino acids connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z, as described in (A)-(D);
(F) poly-acrylic acid, poly-methacrylic acid or a copolymer of acrylic and methacrylic acid, wherein the carboxy group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z.
(G) a copolymer of N-vinyl-2-pyrrolidone and vinyl alcohol, wherein the hydroxy group of the vinyl alcohol part of the copolymer is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z. (H) chitosan, wherein the amino group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z; and
(I) a polyphosphazene polymer, wherein the terminal ester group is connected via a spacer moiety to the SH-group of said linker Z. A typical and preferred spacer moiety comprises a terminal CH2-group, wherein said terminal CH2-group of said spacer moiety is connected to the S-of said linker Z. A preferred spacer moiety is an acetyl group.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (A) comprises the partial formula (III)
Figure imgf000030_0001
wherein
R1 is an aminoalkyi substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of of said linker Z is connected to the terminal amino group of R1 via a spacer moiety, wherein typically and preferably said spacer moiety is an acetyl group.,
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-aminoalkyl, which is a capped amino function having a solubilizing substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function.
For example, R1 is of formula (Ilia)
Figure imgf000030_0002
and R2 is of formula (lllb)
Figure imgf000030_0003
wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
When o is 3, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-ornithine, and when o is 4, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-lysine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II),
The poly-amino acid can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic, as described by Z. Kadlecova et al., Biomacromolecules 2012, 13:3127-3137, for poly-lysine as follows:
Figure imgf000031_0001
The poly-lysine used to prepare polymer (A) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of the linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylylaminoalkyl residue are preferred. For example, the polylysine polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (B) comprises the partial formula (III)
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein
R1 is a carbonylalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1,
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carbonyl or carboxy function.
For example, R1 is of formula (lllc)
Figure imgf000032_0002
and R2 is of formula (Hid)
Figure imgf000032_0003
wherein X is either oxygen or nitrogen, o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1 . When o is 1 and X is O, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-aspartic acid, and when o is 2 and X is O, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamic acid, when o is 1 and X is N, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-asparagine, and when o is 2 and X is N, substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-glutamine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl, i.e. a capped carboxy or amide function having a solubilizing substituent.
The poly-aspartic acid used to prepare polymer (B) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl residue are preferred. For example, polyaspartic acid is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
In case of poly-aspartic acid or poly-glutamic acid the polymer can be linear, hyperbranched or dendritic.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (C) comprises the partial formula (III)
Figure imgf000033_0001
(Hi), wherein
R1 is a hydroxyalkyl or hydroxyaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1,
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioacetyl-hydroxyalkyl (or -hydroxyaryl), and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
For example, in the case of poly-serine and analogs, R1 is of formula (Hie)
Figure imgf000034_0001
and R2 is of formula (lllf)
Figure imgf000034_0002
(lllf) wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in partcular 1 , m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1 .
When o is 1 , substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-serine, connected to said SH- group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxy- propylthio-hydroxyalkyl, i.e. a capped hydroxy function having a solubilizing substituent. The poly-serine (and other hydroxy-functionalized a-amino acid side-chains) used to prepare polymer (C) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-hydroxyalkyl residue are preferred. For example, polyserine is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (D) comprises the partial formula (IV)
Figure imgf000034_0003
wherein
R1 is a thioalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1,
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthioalkyl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped thiol function.
For example, R1 is of formula (lllg)
Figure imgf000035_0001
and R2 is of formula (lllh)
Figure imgf000035_0002
wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 1 or 2, in particular 1 .
When o is 1 , substituent R1 represents a side chain of poly-cysteine, connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), and hereby connected to the - CH2-group of R1, and R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-alkyl, i.e. a capped thiol function having a solubilizing substituent.
The poly-cysteine used to prepare polymer (D) of formula (III) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-thioalkyl residue are preferred. For example, the polycysteine polymer is reacted with a compound containing a terminal alkene group via a radical reaction.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (F) comprises the partial formula (IV)
Figure imgf000035_0003
wherein
R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1 (IVa).
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino or a related amino substituent, and R is hydrogen or methyl; and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amide function.
For example, R1 is of formula (IVa)
Figure imgf000036_0001
and R2 is of formula (IVb), R3 is of formula (IVc)
Figure imgf000036_0002
In another embodiment R1 is of formula (IVd)
Figure imgf000036_0003
and R2 is of formula (IVe)
Figure imgf000036_0004
wherein m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4. In another embodiment R1 is of formula (IVf)
. (CH2)r— Z
'N '
H (IVf) wherein r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2, and R2 is of formula (IVc) (above).
The poly-acrylic acid used to prepare polymer (F) of formula (IV) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 400Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 160Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylamino residue are preferred.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (G) comprises the partial formula (V)
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein
R1 is an aminoalkyi substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1 (Va).
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl or a related aminocarbonyl substituent, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped hydroxy function.
For example, R1 is of formula (Va)
Figure imgf000037_0002
and R2 is of formula (Vb)
Figure imgf000037_0003
In another embodiment R1 is of formula (Vc)
Figure imgf000037_0004
and R2 is of formula (Vd)
Figure imgf000037_0005
wherein m is between 1 and 10, preferably between 1 and 4.
In another embodiment R1 is of formula (Ve)
Figure imgf000038_0001
and R2 is of formula (Vf)
Figure imgf000038_0002
wherein r is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 4, in particular 2.
The copolymer used to prepare polymer (G) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 400Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 160Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylaminoalkylaminocarbonyl residue are preferred.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (H) comprises the partial formula (VI)
Figure imgf000038_0003
wherein
R1 is an aminoalkyl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1.
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped amino function. For example, R1 is of formula (Via)
Figure imgf000038_0004
and R2 is of formula (Vlb)
Figure imgf000039_0001
wherein o is between 1 and 6, preferably 3 or 4 and m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1. The chitosan used to prepare polymer (H) of formula (VI) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and connected to a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-acetylamine residue are preferred. For example, the chitosan polymer is first functionalized by chloroacetylation of the amino groups. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
In a particular embodiment, a polymer (I) comprises the partial formula (VII)
Figure imgf000039_0003
(VII), wherein
R1 is a carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl substituent connected to said linker Z, wherein the SH-group of said linker Z is connected to the -CH2-group of R1,
R2 is 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl, and the relation between the two bracketed entities with R1 and R2, respectively, in the polymer indicates the relation of carbohydrate loading to capped carboxy function.
For example, R1 is of formula (Vila)
Figure imgf000039_0002
and R2 is of formula (Vllb)
Figure imgf000040_0001
wherein m is between 1 and 6, preferably between 1 and 2, in particular 1.
The polyphosphazen used to prepare polymer (I) of formula (VII) has preferably a molecular weight between 1 Ό00 and 300Ό00 Da, in particular 30Ό00 to 70Ό00 Da, and such polymers further connected via the SH-group of said linker Z to compounds of formula (I) and/or (II) and with a capping 2,3-dihydroxypropylthio-carbonylalkyl or carbonylaryl residue are preferred. For example, the polyphosphazene is first functionalized by esterification. Reaction of the chloroacetylated polymer with said linker Z comprising the terminal thiol functionality by nucleophilic substitution gives access to the desired polymers.
From the group of polymers (A) - (I), preferred polymers are a-amino acid polymers (D- and L-form) or combinations (co-polymers) of different a-amino acids (A) - (D). More preferred are a-amino acid polymers consisting of poly-lysine, poly-ornithine, poly-aspartic acid, poly-glutamic acid. Particularly preferred among these a-amino acid polymers is poly-L-lysine.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20- 1200, preferably 100-1 100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 42, 45, 78, 86, 89, 93, 100 or 102, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100- 1 100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50.
In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 20-1200, preferably 100-1 100, further preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 10-90, preferably 30-60, and further preferably 40-50. In a further very preferred embodiment, said polymer is a polymer of formula 6, 22, 26, 34, 38, 42, 45, wherein said formulas are shown in the experimental section, and wherein for each of said polymer n is independently 100-1 100, preferably 200-500, and wherein for each of said polymer x is independently 30-60, and further preferably 40-50. The general terms used hereinbefore and hereinafter preferably have within the context of this disclosure the following meanings, unless otherwise indicated:
Where the plural form is used for compounds and the like, this is taken to mean also a single compound, or the like.
The term "glycoepitope", as used herein, refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin-like glycan-binding protein. Preferably, the term "glycoepitope", as used herein, refers to a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a glycosphingolipid expressed in the nervous system. Glycosphingolipids are known to the skilled person in the art and are a subset of glycolipids defined by their content of sphingosine and are particularly relevant to the nervous system. Subtypes of glycosphingolipids are cerebrosides (single carbohydrate attached to the lipid part), (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type (sialylated or non-sialylated oligosaccharide attached to the lipid part). Preferably, the term "glycoepitope", as used herein, refers to the carbohydrate moiety that is recognized by an antibody or by a lectin- like glycan-binding protein, wherein said glycoepitope is comprised by a glycosphingolipid that is expressed in the nervous system and wherein said a glycosphingolipid is selected from cerebrosides, (neo)lactosides, gangliosides, sulfoglucuronyl paraglobosides or carbohydrate moieties comprised by compounds of formula I or formula II.
Thus, in a preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, ganglio-, or sulfoglucuronyl paragloboside-type or a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I) or formula (II).
In a further preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from the cerebroside-, (neo)lacto-, or ganglio-type. In another preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (I). In another preferred embodiment, said glycoepitope comprised by said glycosphingolipid of the nervous system is selected from a carbohydrate moiety comprised by a compound of formula (II). The term "reducing end", as used herein in the context of the glycoepitope of the present invention and of the specific inventive compounds, refers to the terminal monosaccharide of the glycoepitope with a free anomeric carbon that is not involved in a glycosidic bond, wherein said free anomeric carbon bears a hemiacetal group. The term "Ci-C4-alkyl", as used herein refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes butyl, such as n-butyl, sec-butyl, /'so-butyl, ie f-butyl, propyl, such as n-propyl or /'so-propyl, ethyl or methyl. Preferably the term "CrC4-alkyl", refers to methyl or ethyl, n-propyl or /'so-propyl. Further preferably, the term "CrC4-alkyl", refers to methyl. Correspondingly, the term "Ci-C8-alkyl", as used herein refers to straight or branched chain of 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The term "Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyr', as used herein, and when referring to the linker Z defined as -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, and when referring to A within said linker Z, should refer, as evident from the description and examples herein, to a bivalent "Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyr' group including groups such as -(CH2)n-(OCH2CH2)pO-(CH2)n- with n requal 1 to 4. The term "CrC7-alkylene", as used herein, refers to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain, preferably to a straight or branched bivalent alkyl chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, -CH2-, -CH2-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CH(CH3)-CH2-, or - CH(CH2CH3)-.
The term "CrC7-alkoxy", as used herein, refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 7 carbon atoms. The term "CrC4-alkoxy", as used herein, refers to an alkoxy with a straight or branched chain of 1 to 4 carbon atoms and includes methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, /'so-propoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy and ie f-butoxy. Preferably, the term "Ci-C4- alkoxy", as used herein, refers to methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy. Further preferably, the term "CrC4-alkoxy", as used herein, refers to methoxy. The term "CrC7-alkoxy", as used herein, and when referring to the linker Z defined as -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, and when referring to A within said linker Z, should refer, as evident from the description and examples herein, to a bivalent d-C7-alkoxy group including groups such as -(CH2)nO- or - 0(CH2)n- with n requal 1 to 7, typically and very preferably to groups such as -0(CH2)n- forming with the N(Ra) of the linker Z a preferred bonding N(Ra)-0(CH2)n-. The term "Ci-C8-alkenyl", as used herein, refers to is a straight or branched chain containing one or more, e.g. two or three, double bonds, and is preferably CrC4-alkenyl, such as 1 - or 2-butenyl, 1 -propenyl, allyl or vinyl. Double bonds in principle can have E- or Z-configuration. The compounds of this invention may therefore exist as isomeric mixtures or single isomers. If not specified both isomeric forms are intended.
The term "C-i-Cs-alkynyl", as used herein, refers to is a straight or branched chain comprising one or more, preferably one triple bond. Preferred are CrC4- alkynyl, such as propargyl or acetylenyl.
Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)-, (S)- or (R,S)-configuration, preferably in the (R)- or (S ^configuration. The compounds may thus be present as mixtures of isomers or as pure isomers, preferably as enantiomer-pure diastereomers. The term "aryl", as used herein, refers to a mono- or bicyclic fused ring aromatic group with 5 to 10 carbon atoms optionally carrying substituents, such as phenyl, 1 -naphthyl or 2-naphthyl, or also a partially saturated bicyclic fused ring comprising a phenyl group, such as indanyl, indolinyl, dihydro- or tetrahydronaphthyl, all optionally substituted. Preferably, aryl is phenyl, indanyl, indolinyl or tetrahydronaphthyl, in particular phenyl. The term "heteroaryl", as used herein, refers to an aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Heteroaryl rings do not contain adjacent oxygen atoms, adjacent sulfur atoms, or adjacent oxygen and sulfur atoms within the ring. Monocyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 5 or 6 membered heteroaryl groups and bicyclic heteroaryl preferably refers to 9 or 10 membered fused-ring heteroaryl groups. Examples of heteroaryl include pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, and benzo or pyridazo fused derivatives of such monocyclic heteroaryl groups, such as indolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzofuryl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolopyridine, imidazopyridine, or purinyl, all optionally substituted.
Preferably, the term "heteroaryl" refers to a 5- or 6-membered aromatic monocyclic ring system containing at least one heteroatom, and preferably up to three heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur as ring members. Preferably, heteroaryl is pyridyl, pyrimdinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine; in particular pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxadiazolyl, triazolyl, indolyl, pyrrolopyridine or imidazopyridine The term ..optionally substituted aryl", as used herein, refers to aryl substituted by up to four substituents, preferably up to two substituents. In optionally substituted aryl, preferably in optionally substituted phenyl, substituents are preferably and independently selected from CrC4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, amino-Ci-C4-alkyl, acylamino-Ci-C4-alkyl, aryl-Cr C4-alkyl hydroxy, carboxy, CrC4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, hydroxysulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, or nitro, in particular Ci-C4-alkyl, Ci-C4- alkoxy, amino-Ci-C4-alkyl, acylamino-Ci-C4-alkyl, carboxy, CrC4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, or aminosulfonyl.
The term ..optionally substituted heteroaryl", as used herein, refers to heteroaryl substituted by up to three substituents, preferably up to two substituents. In optionally substituted heteroaryl, substituents are preferably and independently selected from Ci-C4- alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, halo- CrC4-alkyl, hydroxy, CrC4-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, hydroxylaminocarbonyl, tetrazolyl, aminosulfonyl, halo, aryl-Ci-C4-alkyl, or nitro.
Cycloalkyl has preferably 3 to 7 ring carbon atoms, and may be unsubstituted or substituted, e.g. by Ci-C4-alkyl or Ci-C4-alkoxy. Cycloalkyl is, for example and preferably, cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, methylcyclopentyl, or cyclopropyl, in particular cyclopropyl.
Acyl designates, for example, alkylcarbonyl, cycloalkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aryl- Ci-C4- alkylcarbonyl, or heteroarylcarbonyl. Ci-C4-acyl is preferably lower alkylcarbonyl, in particular propionyl or acetyl. Ac stands for acetyl. Hydroxyalkyl is especially hydroxy- CrC4-alkyl, preferably hydroxy methyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 2-hydroxy-2-propyl.
Haloalkyl is preferably fluoroalkyl, especially trifluoromethyl, 3,3,3-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl.
Halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. ArylalkyI includes aryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. benzyl, 1 -phenethyl or 2-phenethyl.
Heteroarylalkyl includes heteroaryl and alkyl as defined hereinbefore, and is e.g. 2-, 3- or 4-pyridylmethyl, 1 - or 2-pyrrolylmethyl, 1 -pyrazolylmethyl, 1 -imidazolylmethyl, 2-(1 - imidazolyl)ethyl or 3-(1 -imidazolyl)propyl. In substituted amino, the substituents are preferably those mentioned as substituents hereinbefore. In particular, substituted amino is alkylamino, dialkylamino, optionally substituted arylamino, optionally substituted arylalkylamino, lower alkylcarbonylamino, benzoylamino, pyridylcarbonylamino, lower alkoxycarbonylamino or optionally substituted aminocarbonylamino.
Particular salts considered are those replacing the hydrogen atoms of the sulfate group and the carboxylic acid function. Suitable cations are, e.g., sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium or ammonium cations, or also cations derived by protonation from primary, secondary or tertiary amines containing, for example, CrC4-alkyl, hydroxy- CrC4-alkyl or hydroxy- CrC4-alkoxy- CrC4-alkyl groups, e.g., 2-hydroxyethylammonium, 2-(2-hydroxy- ethoxy)ethyldimethylammonium, diethylammonium, di(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, trimethylammonium, triethylammonium, 2-hydroxyethyldimethylammonium, or di(2- hydroxyethyl)methylammonium, also from correspondingly substituted cyclic secondary and tertiary amines, e.g., N-methylpyrrolidinium, N-methylpiperidinium, N-methyl- morpholinium, N-2-hydroxyethylpyrrolidinium, N-2-hydroxyethylpiperidinium, or N-2- hydroxyethylmorpholinium, and the like.
In view of the close relationship between the novel compounds in free form and those in the form of their salts, including those salts that can be used as intermediates, for example in the purification or identification of the novel compounds, any reference to the free compounds hereinbefore and hereinafter is to be understood as referring also to the corresponding salts, and vice versa, as appropriate and expedient
A preferred polymer backbone in the inventive polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I) or formula (II) is polylysine, in particular poly-L-lysine.
Preferably the molecular weight of the polylysine is 1 Ό00 to 300Ό00 kD, preferably 10Ό00 to 200Ό00 kD. Particularly preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50Ό00 kD, 85Ό00 kD, 125Ό00 kD or 200Ό00 kD. Most preferred is a molecular weight of approximately 50Ό00 kD. In particular the invention relates to such polymers wherein the relative loading of polymer backbone with the carbohydrate moiety of said compound of formula (I) and/or (II) is 10 - 90 %, meaning that 10 - 90 % of all lysine side chains in the polymer are connected to said SH-group of said linker Z, which linker Z is comprised by the inventive compounds, and preferably by the inventive compounds of formula (I) or (II), the remaining amino functions being capped. Preferably the loading of the polymer is 20 - 70 %, more preferably 30 - 60 %. Further preferred polymers in said context are polymers with loading of one or several of compounds of formula (I) or (II), wherein said compounds of formula (I) or (II) are selected from 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29* or 33*, and 46*-60*. The polymers of the present invention which comprises the inventive compounds comprising a carbohydrate moieties and linkers Z, wherein said carbohydrate moieties mimic glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system allow straightforward coupling of said carbohydrate moieties such as ganglioside glycoepitopes to biodegradable poly-L-lysine and other functionalized biodegradable polymers without loosing the integrity of the carbohydrate moieties at their reducing end. This is in particular important since the monosaccharide with the reducing end comprised the carbohydrate moieties can also contribute to binding affinity to antibodies or other targets, and thus chemical linkage methods that leave this carbohydrate ring intact are preferable. Thus, the resulting inventive chemically defined glycoconjugates/glycopolymers based on biodegradable polymer backbones can be used in a clinical context, either therapeutic and diagnostic, to detect or neutralize pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies. Moreover, the multivalent presentation of the carbohydrate moieties mimicking glycoepitopes comprised by glycosphingolipids of the nervous system, on, preferably, poly-L-lysine, can substantially increase their binding affinity towards binding partners.
In a particularly preferred embodiment, the invention relates to polymers comprising a multitude of compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) wherein the polymer is poly-L-lysine and wherein said polymer further comprises said linker Z connecting said compounds to the polymer backbone. Poly-L-lysine is biodegradable and therefore in particular suitable for therapeutical application.
The compounds of the invention have valuable pharmacological properties. The invention also relates to compounds as defined hereinbefore for use as medicaments. A compound according to the invention shows prophylactic and therapeutic efficacy especially against neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularly immune- mediated neuropathies.
One or multiple compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising these, can be administered alone or in combination with one or more other therapeutic agents, possible combination therapy taking the form of fixed combinations, or the administration of a compound of the invention and one or more other therapeutic agents being staggered or given independently of one another, or the combined administration of fixed combinations and one or more other therapeutic agents.
Therapeutic agents for possible combination are especially immunosuppressive agents/ therapies. Examples are purine analogues such as fludarabine and/or cladribine, plasmapheresis, intravenous immunoglobulins, furthermore the chimeric monoclonal antibody rituximab (M.C. Dalakas, Curr Treat Opinions Neurol, 2010, 12, 71 -83).
In another particular embodiment, the invention relates to the use of the compounds of the invention in a diagnostic assay for neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies. In particular, the invention relates to kits comprising the compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) as defined above, and also polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents.
The present invention relates to a method of diagnosis of neurological diseases, particularly immune-mediated neuropathies, wherein the level of antibodies (e.g. IgM/lgG) against glycans of the nervous system, particularly glycolipids, is determined in a body fluid sample, e.g. serum, and a high level is indicative of the development and the severity of a particular neurological condition.
Other body fluids than serum are useful for determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes and are, e.g., whole blood, cerebrospinal fluid or extracts from solid tissue.
Any known method may be used for the determination of the level of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in body fluids. Methods considered are, e.g., ELISA, RIA, EIA, or microarray analysis.
A preferred method for the determination of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes in human body fluids, e.g. in serum, is an ELISA. In such an embodiment, microtiter plates are coated with compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or preferably polymers of the invention comprising such compounds as substituents. The plates are then blocked and the sample or a standard solution is loaded. After incubation, an anti- IgM/lgG antibody is applied, e.g. an anti-lgM or anti-lgG antibody directly conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. with an enzyme for chromogenic detection. Alternatively, a polyclonal rabbit (or mouse) anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibody is added. A second antibody detecting the particular type of the anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibody, e.g. an anti-rabbit (or anti-mouse) antibody, conjugated with a suitable label, e.g. the enzyme for chromogenic detection as above, is then added. Finally the plate is developed with a substrate for the label in order to detect and quantify the label, being a measure for the presence and amount of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes of the nervous system. If the label is an enzyme for chromogenic detection, the substrate is a colour-generating substrate of the conjugated enzyme. The colour reaction is then detected in a microplate reader and compared to standards.
It is also possible to use antibody fragments. Suitable labels are chromogenic labels, i.e. enzymes which can be used to convert a substrate to a detectable colored or fluorescent compound, spectroscopic labels, e.g. fluorescent labels or labels presenting a visible color, affinity labels which may be developed by a further compound specific for the label and allowing easy detection and quantification, or any other label used in standard ELISA.
Other preferred methods of detection of antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes are radioimmunoassay or competitive immunoassay and chemiluminescence detection on automated commercial analytical robots. Microparticle enhanced fluorescence, fluorescence polarized methodologies, or mass spectrometry may also be used. Detection devices, e.g. microarrays, are useful components as readout systems for antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes.
In a further embodiment the invention relates to a kit suitable for an assay as described above, in particular an ELISA, comprising compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or polymers comprising such compounds as substituents. The kits further contain anti-lgM / anti-lgG antibodies (or anti-lgM/lgG antibody fragments) carrying a suitable label, or anti- lgM / anti-lgG antibodies and second antibodies carrying such a suitable label, and reagents or equipment to detect the label, e.g. reagents reacting with enzymes used as labels and indicating the presence of such a label by a colour formation or fluorescence, standard equipment, such as microtiter plates, pipettes and the like, standard solutions and wash solutions.
The ELISA can be also designed in a way that patient blood or serum samples are used for the coating of microtiter plates with the subsequent detection of anti-glycan antibodies with labelled compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) or labelled polymers comprising such compounds as substituents. The label is either directly detectable or indirectly detectable via an antibody.
The polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention binds to the pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies and potentially downregulates the anti-glycan IgM or IgG antibody production. It allows an antigen-specific treatment for neurological diseases involving anti-glycan antibodies against glycosphingolipid glycoepitopes. Furthermore the invention relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), and/or (II) or a polymer carrying compounds of formula (I), and/or (II) of the invention.
Pharmaceutical compositions for parenteral administration, such as subcutaneous, intravenous, intrahepatic or intramuscular administration, to warm-blooded animals, especially humans, are considered. The compositions comprise the active ingredient(s) alone or, preferably, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The dosage of the active ingredient(s) depends upon the age, weight, and individual condition of the patient, the individual pharmacokinetic data, and the mode of administration. For parenteral administration preference is given to the use of suspensions or dispersions of the carbohydrate polymer of the invention, especially isotonic aqueous dispersions or suspensions which, for example, can be made up shortly before use. The pharmaceutical compositions may be sterilized and/or may comprise excipients, for example preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents and/or emulsifiers, solubilizers, viscosity- increasing agents, salts for regulating osmotic pressure and/or buffers and are prepared in a manner known per se, for example by means of conventional dissolving and lyophilizing processes.
Suitable carriers for enteral administration, such as nasal, buccal, rectal or oral administration, are especially fillers, such as sugars, for example lactose, saccharose, mannitol or sorbitol, cellulose preparations, and/or calcium phosphates, for example tricalcium phosphate or calcium hydrogen phosphate, and also binders, such as starches, for example corn, wheat, rice or potato starch, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, and/or polyvinylpyrrolidone, and/or, if desired, disintegrators, such as the above-mentioned starches, also carboxymethyl starch, crosslinked polyvinylpyrrolidone, alginic acid or a salt thereof, such as sodium alginate. Additional excipients are especially flow conditioners and lubricants, for example silicic acid, talc, stearic acid or salts thereof, such as magnesium or calcium stearate, and/or polyethylene glycol, or derivatives thereof.
Tablet cores can be provided with suitable, optionally enteric, coatings through the use of, inter alia, concentrated sugar solutions which may comprise gum arabic, talc, polyvinylpyrrolidone, polyethylene glycol and/or titanium dioxide, or coating solutions in suitable organic solvents or solvent mixtures, or, for the preparation of enteric coatings, solutions of suitable cellulose preparations, such as acetylcellulose phthalate or hydroxypropyl- methylcellulose phthalate. Dyes or pigments may be added to the tablets or tablet coatings, for example for identification purposes or to indicate different doses of active ingredient(s).
Pharmaceutical compositions for oral administration also include hard capsules consisting of gelatin, and also soft, sealed capsules consisting of gelatin and a plasticizer, such as glycerol or sorbitol. The hard capsules may contain the active ingredient in the form of granules, for example in admixture with fillers, such as corn starch, binders, and/or glidants, such as talc or magnesium stearate, and optionally stabilizers. In soft capsules, the active ingredient is preferably dissolved or suspended in suitable liquid excipients, such as fatty oils, paraffin oil or liquid polyethylene glycols or fatty acid esters of ethylene or propylene glycol, to which stabilizers and detergents, for example of the polyoxy- ethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester type, may also be added.
Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for rectal administration are, for example, suppositories that consist of a combination of the active ingredient and a suppository base. Suitable suppository bases are, for example, natural or synthetic triglycerides, paraffin hydrocarbons, polyethylene glycols or higher alkanols.
The mentioned pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may contain separate tablets, granules or other forms of orally acceptable formulation of the active ingredients, or may contain a mixture of active ingredients in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form, as described above. In particular the separate orally acceptable formulations or the mixture in one suitable pharmaceutical dosage form may be slow release and controlled release pharmaceutical compositions.
The pharmaceutical compositions comprise from approximately 1 % to approximately 95% active ingredient or mixture of active ingredients, single-dose administration forms comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 20% to approximately 90% active ingredient(s) and forms that are not of single-dose type comprising in the preferred embodiment from approximately 5% to approximately 20% active ingredient(s).
The invention also relates to the mentioned pharmaceutical compositions as medicaments in the treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularyl immune-mediated neuropathies. The present invention relates furthermore to a method of treatment of neurological diseases associated with anti-glycan antibodies, particularyl immune-mediated neuropathies, which comprises administering a composition according to the invention in a quantity effective against said disease, to a warm-blooded animal requiring such treatment. The pharmaceutical compositions can be administered prophylactically or therapeutically, preferably in an amount effective against the said diseases, to a warmblooded animal, for example a human, requiring such treatment. In the case of an individual having a bodyweight of about 70 kg the daily, weekly or monthly dose administered is from approximately 0.01 g to approximately 5 g, preferably from approximately 0.1 g to approximately 1 .5 g, of the active ingredients in a composition of the present invention.
The following Examples serve to illustrate the invention without limiting the invention in its scope. Examples
General Methods
NMR spectra were obtained on a Bruker Avance DMX-500 (500 MHz) spectrometer. Assignment of 1H and 13C NMR spectra was achieved using 2D methods (COSY, HSQC and HMBC). Chemical shifts are expressed in ppm using residual CHCI3, CHD2OD, DMSO-d6 or HDO as references. IR spectra were recorded using a Perkin-Elmer Spectrum One FT-IR spectrometer. Electron spray ionization mass spectra (ESI-MS) were obtained on a Waters micromass ZQ. HRMS analysis was carried using an Agilent 1 100LC equipped with a photodiode array detector and a micromass QTOF I equipped with a 4 GHz digital-time converter. Reactions were monitored by ESI-MS and TLC using glass plates coated with silica gel 60 F254 (Merck) and visualized by using UV light and/or by charring with mostain (a 0.02 M solution of ammonium cerium sulfate dihydrate and ammonium molybdate tetrahydrate in 10% aq H2S04). Column chromatography was performed on silica gel (Redisep normal phase silica gel column 35/70) or RP-18 (Merck LiChroprep® RP-18 40/63). Dichloromethane (DCM) and MeOH were dried by filtration over Al203 (Fluka, type 5016A basic). Dimethylformamide (DMF) was purchased from Acros (99.8%, extra dry, over molecular sieves). Molecular sieves (MS, 4 A) were activated in vacuo at 400°C for 30 min immediately before use. Size-exclusion chromatography was performed on polyacrylamide gel (Biogel P-2 Fine). Dialysis was performed on a Biotech Cellulose Ester (CE) Membrane (SpectrumLabs, molecular weight cutoff: 100-500 Da). Centrifugations were carried out with an Eppendorf Centrifuge 5804 R. rt = room temperature.
Seventeen glycopolymers were synthesized (6, Scheme 1 ; 10, Scheme 2; 14, Scheme 3; 18, Scheme 4; 22, Scheme 5; 26, Scheme 6; 30, Scheme 7; 34, Scheme 8; 38, Scheme 9; 42, Scheme 10; 45, Scheme 1 1 ; 78, Scheme 16; 86, Scheme 18; 89, Scheme 19; 93, Scheme 20; 100, Scheme 22; 102, Scheme 23) for biological evaluation. Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34 all bear the same linker but differ by their carbohydrate moiety (respectively GM1 a, GM1 b, asialo GM1 , GM2, GD1 a, GD1 b, GD3 and GT1 a). Polylysine glycoconjugates 6, 38, 42 and 45 bear the same carbohydrate (GM1 a) but differ by their linker moiety. Polylysine glycoconjugate 78 bears a GM4 mimetic. Polylysine glycoconjugate 86 bears the H03S-p-D-GlcpA-(1→3)-p-D-Galp (HNK- 1 ) disaccharide. The above-mentioned glycoconjugates (6, 10, 14, 18, 22, 26, 30, 34, 38, 45, 78, 86) are all poly-L-lysine conjugates. Conjugates 89 and 93 bear the same HNK-1 disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (poly-L-lysine dendrimer and poly-L- ornithine respectively). Conjugates 100 and 102 bear the same lactose disaccharide but differ by their polymer backbones (chitosan and poly-L-glutamic acid respectively). The synthesis of the HNK-1 disaccharide 58 functionalized by Iinker5 72 is described in Scheme 17. The synthesis of the lactose disaccharide 56 functionalized by Iinker5 72 is described in Scheme 121. The synthesis of linkers 35, 39, 43 and 72 is described in Scheme 12, 13, 14 and 15 respectively.
All reagents were bought from Sigma Aldrich, Acros, Alfa-Aesar, Elicityl or Alamanda Polymers. Linker 2 and compound 66 were synthesized according to a published procedure (O. Bohorov, et al. Glycobiology, 2006, 16, 21 C-27C). Chloroacetylated poly-L- lysine 5 (250 lysine repeating units) was synthesized from commercial poly-L-lysine polymer according to a published procedure (G. Thoma et al., J Am Chem Soc 1999, 121 , 5919-5929). Derivatives 68, 73, 74, 80, 87 and 98 were synthesized according to published procedures (respectively I. Ueda, et al. Chem Pharm Bull (Tokyo), 1990, 38, 3035-3041 ; M. Numata, et al. Carbohydr Res, 1987, 163, 209-225; J. L. Magnani, Preparation of oligosaccharide glycomimetic antagonists as E- and P-selectin modulators, WO 2005054264A2, June 16, 2005; T. Furukawa, Tetrahedron Lett, 2011 , 52, 5567-5570; K. T. Al-Jamal, et al. J Drug Target, 2006, 14, 405-412; T. Kojima, Chitosan or chitin derivative and method for processing silver halide photographic material by using the same, US 005155004A, Oct 13, 1992). Scheme 1 : Synthesis of the GM1 a polymer 6
Figure imgf000053_0001
HN„
Figure imgf000053_0002
b)
Figure imgf000053_0003
4 [GM1a-N(Me)0(CH2)2NHC(0)(CH2)3SH]
Figure imgf000053_0004
6 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 91 %; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 54%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 84%
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1 ^3)-2-acetamido-p- D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4H5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3VI-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (3):
To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (5.0 mg, 4.90 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 50 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (4.4 mg, 49 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 3 (4.97 mg, 4.55 μηηοΙ, 91 %) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.80 (d, 1 H), 4.57 (d, 1 H), 4.57 (d,1 H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.22-4.1 1 (m, 2H), 4.06 (dd, 1 H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 3H), 3.94 (d, 1 H), 3.89 (dd, 1 H), 3.86-3.74 (m, 12H), 3.73-3.57 (m, 10H), 3.54 (dd, 1 H), 3.52 (dd, 1 H), 3.39 (dd, 1 H), 3.28-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.94 (t, 1 H).
HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1071.4132 (calc for C4oH71N4029+ [M+H]+: m/z 1071.4198). /V-(/\/-lv1ethyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3VI-p-D- galacto-pyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (4):
To a suspension of amine 3 (4.97 mg, 4.55 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (90 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (1.2 mg, 8.2 μηηοΙ, 1 .8 equiv), γ-thiobutyrolactone (3.9 μΐ, 46 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (6.3 μΐ, 46 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 4 (2.8 mg, 2.33 μηηοΙ, 54%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.79 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.22-3.31 (m, 32H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.91 (m, 3H).
MS (ESI-): m/z 1 171.59 (calc for C44H75N403oS" [M-Na]": m/z 1 171.42). GM1 a Polymer (6):
To a solution of 5 (1 .2 mg, 5.83 μηιοΙ) in DMF (60 μΐ) were subsequently added compound 4 (2.8 mg, 2.33 μηιοΙ, 0.4 equiv), water (3 μΐ) and a solution of DBU (1 .3 μΐ, 8.74 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (10 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1.5 μΙ_, 17.5 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.4 μΙ_, 17.5 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a polymer 6 (2.88 mg, 84%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 28% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 4. In this particular embodiment, the GM1 a epitope 4 carrying the linker Z with the terminal sulfhydryl function was synthesized and reacted in a substochiometric amount with the activated (chloroacetylated) lysine polymer 5. The carbohydrate loading (28%) of the obtained glycopolymer 6 was determined by 1H NMR. The starting polylysine hydrobromide had an average molecular weight (MW) of 52 kDa (250 repeating lysine units), whereas the final polymer 6 with 28% GM1 a epitope loading had a calculated average MW of 145 kDa.
Scheme 2: Synthesis of the GM1 b polymer 10
Figure imgf000056_0001
HN „ NH2
Figure imgf000056_0002
b)
Figure imgf000056_0003
10 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 71 %; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 65%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 61 %
Figure imgf000057_0001
(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (8):
To a solution of hemiacetal 7 (10 mg, 9.80 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (8.8 mg, 98.0 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 8 (7.6 mg, 6.95 μηιοΙ, 71 %) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.72 (d, 1 H), 4.54 (d, 1 H), 4.46 (d, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.17 (d, 1 H), 4.13 (d, 1 H), 4.09 (dd, 1 H), 4.06-3.97 (m, 4H), 3.95 (d, 1 H), 3.91 (dd, 1 H), 3.89-3.81 (m, 7H), 3.81 -3.60 (m, 12H), 3.78 (dd, 1 H), 3.62-3.57 (m, 1 H), 3.59 (dd, 1 H), 3.57 (dd, 1 H), 3.44 (dd, 1 H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 1 H), 2.06, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.81 (dd, 1 H). MS (ESP): m/z 1069.62 (calc for C4oH69N4029" [M-Na]": m/z 1069.41 ).
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→'3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'4)-p-D- galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (9):
To a suspension of amine 8 (7.6 mg, 6.95 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (140 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (spatula tip), γ-thiobutyrolactone (6.0 μΙ_, 69.5 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (9.7 μΙ_, 69.5 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 9 (5.4 mg, 4.52 μηιοΙ, 65%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.72 (d, 1 H), 4.54 (d, 1 H), 4.47 (d, 1 H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.17 (d, 1 H), 4.13 (d, 1 H), 4.09 (dd, 1 H), 4.04 (dd, 1 H), 4.00 (dd, 1 H), 3.96 (d, 1 H), 3.93-3.80 (m, 10H), 3.80-3.58 (m, 13H), 3.58-3.52 (m, 1 H), 3.56 (dd, 1 H), 3.55 (dd, 1 H), 3.47-3.40 (m, 1 H), 3.44 (dd, 1 H), 2.81 -2.74 (m, 5H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.06, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1.94- 1 .89 (m, 2H), 1 .81 (dd, 1 H). HRMS (ESI-): m/z 1 171.01 (calc for C44H75N403oS" [M-Na]": m/z 1 171.42). GM1 b Polymer (10):
To a solution of 5 (1.86 mg, 9.04 μηιοΙ) in DMF (60 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 9 (5.4 mg, 4.52 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (40 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (2.0 μΙ_, 13.6 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (15 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.3 μΙ_, 27.1 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.8 μΙ_, 27.1 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 b polymer 10 (4.2 mg, 61 %) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 45% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 9.
Scheme 3: Synthesis of the asialo GM1 polymer 14
Figure imgf000059_0001
HN „ , NH2
O
Figure imgf000059_0002
12
b)
Figure imgf000059_0003
13 [aGM1 -N(Me)0(CH2)2NHC(0)(CH2)3SH]
Figure imgf000059_0004
14 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, quant; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 80%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 71 %
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1 ^3)-2-acetamido-p- p-galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (12): To a solution of hemiacetal 11 (10.0 mg, 14.1 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 141 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (12.7 mg, 141 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 12 (10.9 mg, 14.0 μηηοΙ, quant) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.71 (d, 1 H), 4.47 (d, 1 H), 4.46 (d, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.18 (d, 1 H), 4.13 (d, 1 H), 4.06-4.00 (m, 3H), 4.04 (dd, 1 H), 3.93 (d, 1 H), 3.90 (dd, 1 H), 3.87-3.75 (m, 8H), 3.76-3.65 (m, 4H), 3.64 (dd, 1 H), 3.61 -3.58 (m, 2H), 3.60 (dd, 1 H), 3.55 (dd, 1 H), 3.43 (dd, 1 H), 3.28 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 780.46 (calc for
Figure imgf000060_0001
[M+H]+: m/z 780.32).
/V-(/\/-lv1ethyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-ρ- glucopyranoside (13):
To a suspension of amine 12 (1 1 mg, 14.1 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (282 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (12.2 μΙ_, 141 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (19.7 μΙ_, 141 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 13 (10.0 mg, 1 1.3 μηιοΙ, 80%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.72 (d, 1 H), 4.47 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.19-4.16 (m, 1 H), 4.14-4.1 1 (m, 1 H), 4.04 (dd, 1 H), 4.01 -3.97 (m, 1 H), 3.94-3.91 (m, 1 H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.85-3.71 (m, 8H), 3.76-3.63 (m, 4H), 3.64 (dd, 1 H), 3.60 (dd, 1 H), 3.57-3.52 (m, 3H), 3.46-3.38 (m, 3H), 2.78-2.75 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 3H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.03-2.00 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 904.05 (calc for C33H59N3022SNa+ [M+Na]+: m/z 904.32). Asialo GM1 Polymer (14):
To a solution of 5 (1 .3 mg, 6.25 μηιοΙ) in DMF (60 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 13 (3.7 mg, 4.19 μηιοΙ, 0.4 equiv), water (5 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (2.3 μΙ_, 15.7 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (105 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.7 μΙ_, 31.4 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.4 μΙ_, 31 .4 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the asialo GM1 polymer 14 (4.6 mg, 71 %) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 44% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 13.
Scheme 4: Synthesis of the GM2 polymer 18
Figure imgf000062_0001
HN . , NH,
Figure imgf000062_0002
b)
Figure imgf000062_0003
17 [GM2-N(Me)0( 2)2NHC(0)(CH2)3SH]
Figure imgf000062_0004
18 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 76%; b) DL-Dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 52%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 56%
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1 ^4)- [5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (16):
To a solution of hemiacetal 15 (12.0 mg, 14.0 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 140 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (12.6 mg, 1 14 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 16 (9.9 mg, 10.6 μηιοΙ, 76%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.79 (d, 1 H), 4.55 (d, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.20-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.04-4.00 (dd 2H), 3.97-3.87 (m, 3H), 3.91 -3.68 (m, 14H), 3.66-3.56 (m, 5H), 3.50 (dd, 1 H), 3.41 -3.34 (t, 1 H), 3.31 -3.26 (t, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.72-2.63 (m, 1 H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.00-1 .88 (m, 1 H).
MS (ESP): m/z 907.56 (calc for C34H59N4024" [M-Na]": m/z 907.35). /V-(/\/-lv1ethyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-2-acetamido-p-D-galacto- pyranosyl-d→4)-[5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-ρ- glucopyranoside (17):
To a suspension of amine 16 (9.9 mg, 10.6 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (250 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (9.2 μΙ_, 106 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (14.8 μΙ_, 106 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 17 (5.7 mg, 5.52 μηηοΙ, 52%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.76 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 1 H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.17 (dd, 1 H), 4.15 (d, 1 H), 4.01 (dd, 1 H), 3.94 (d, 1 H), 3.94 (dd, 1 H), 3.90-3.75 (m, 1 1 H), 3.75-3.60 (m, 5H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H), 3.58-3.53 (m, 1 H), 3.56 (dd, 1 H), 3.50 (dd, 1 H), 3.45-3.40 (m, 2H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H, H-2Gai), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.04 (2s, 6H), 1 .97- 1 .89 (m, 3H).
MS (ESP): m/z 1009.54 (calc for C38H65N4025S" [M-Na]": m/z 1009.37). GM2 Polymer (18):
To a solution of 5 (2.27 mg, 1 1.04 μηιοΙ) in DMF (1 10 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 17 (5.7 mg, 5.52 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (25 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (2.5 μΙ_, 16.55 μη-ιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (22 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.9 μΙ_, 33.1 1 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μΙ_, 33.1 1 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM2 polymer 18 (4.5 mg, 56%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 49% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 17.
Scheme 5: Synthesis of the GD1 a polymer 22
Figure imgf000065_0001
HN
Figure imgf000065_0002
b)
Figure imgf000065_0003
21 [GD1a-N(Me)0(CH2)2NHC(0)(CH2)3SH]
Figure imgf000065_0004
22 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 87%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 78%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 59%
Figure imgf000066_0001
galactopyranosyl-d ^^-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-d ^VfS-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (20):
To a solution of hemiacetal 19 (5.0 mg, 3.75 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 35 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (3.4 mg, 38 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 20 (5.0 mg, admixed with 1 .2 equiv of oxyamine 2, 3.27 μηηοΙ, corrected yield 87%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.79 (m, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 4.55 (d, 1 H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.18 (d, 1 H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 1 H), 4.15-4.10 (m, 1 H), 4.1 1 (dd, 1 H), 4.09-4.05 (m, 2H), 4.06-4.02 (m, 1 H), 4.04-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.99-3.95 (m, 1 H), 3.93-3.87 (m, 1 H), 3.92-3.85 (m, 2H), 3.89- 3.80 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.80 (m, 1 H), 3.86-3.70 (m, 7H), 3.82-3.52 (m, 12H), 3.67-3.60 (m, 3H), 3.58 (dd, 1 H), 3.54 (dd, 1 H), 3.41 (dd, 1 H), 3.30-3.26 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.77 (dd, 1 H), 2.70 (dd, 1 H), 2.05 (s, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1 .93 (t, 1 H), 1.82 (t, 1 H).
MS (ESP): m/z 679.83 (calc for C5iH85N50372" [M-2Na]2": m/z 679.75).
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→'3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'4)-[5- acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (21 ):
To a suspension of amine 20 (5.0 mg, 3.27 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (65 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (2.8 μΙ_, 32.7 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μΙ_, 32.7 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 21 (3.8 mg, 2.52 μηηοΙ, 78%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.79 (m, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 1 H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.18- 4.13 (m, 3H), 4.1 1 (dd, 1 H), 4.06 (m, 1 H), 4.02-3.96 (m, 1 H), 3.97 (d, 1 H), 3.94-3.85 (m, 3H), 3.94-3.51 (m, 12H), 3.93-3.84 (m, 2H), 3.88-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.68 (m, 7H), 3.86- 3.81 (m, 1 H), 3.68-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.66-3.60 (m, 1 H), 3.58-3.54 (m, 1 H), 3.56-3.50 (m, 1 H), 3.45-3.38 (m, 3H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1 H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.70 (dd, 1 H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.05 (s, 6H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 1 .96-1.89 (m, 3H), 1.82 (t, 1 H).
MS (ESI-): m/z 730.97 (calc for C55H91N5038S2" [M-2Na]2": m/z 730.75). GD1 a Polymer (22): To a solution of 5 (1 .4 mg, 6.63 μιτιοΙ) in DMF (67 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 21 (2.4 mg, 1 .59 μηιοΙ, 0.4 equiv), water (15 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (1 .5 μΙ_, 9.9 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (13 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1 .7 μΙ_, 19.9 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.8 μΙ_, 19.9 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1 a polymer 22 (3.6 mg, 59%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 46% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 21.
Scheme 6: Synthesis of the GD1 b polymer 26
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0002
26 Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 70%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 77%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 40%
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1 ^3)-2-acetamido-p- D-galactopyranosyl-d→4)-[5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid- (2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (24):
To a solution of hemiacetal 23 (19.3 mg, 15.0 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 150 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (313.5 mg, 150 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 24 (14.2 mg, 10.1 μηιοΙ, 70%) as a white fluffy solid 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.80 (d, 1 H), 4.55-4.53 (t, 2H), 4.23 (d, 1 H), 4.21 -3.40 (m, 38H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 2H), 2.09, 2.06, 2.05 (3s, 9H), 1 .82- 1 .73 (m, 2H).
MS (ESP): m/z 1382.67 (calc for C5iH85N5037" [M-Na]": m/z 1382.48).
/V-(/\/-Methyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5- acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (25):
To a suspension of amine 24 (4.9 mg, 3.51 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (70 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (1 .0 mg, 6.31 μηηοΙ, 1 .8 equiv), γ-thiobutyrolactone (3.0 μΙ_, 35.0 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.9 μΙ_, 32.0 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 25 (4.1 mg, 2.72 μηηοΙ, 77%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.79 (d, 1 H), 4.55-4.53 (m, 2H), 4.21 -3.40 (m, 41 H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.80-2.67 (m, 4H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 1 1 H), 1.84-1 .73 (m, 2H). MS (ESP): m/z 1484.86 (calc for C55H91 N5038NaS" [M-Na]": m/z 1484.50). GD1 b Polymer (26):
To a solution of 5 (0.59 mg, 2.89 μηιοΙ) in DMF (30 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 25 (2.1 mg, 1 .45 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (3 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (0.6 μΙ_, 4.34 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (6 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (0.75 μΙ_, 8.7 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (1 .21 μΙ_, 8.7 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD1 b polymer 26 (0.68 mg, 40%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 20% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 25.
Scheme 7: Synthesis of the GD3 polymer 30
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000071_0002
Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 50%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, γ-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 66%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 18% /V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl- g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (28): To a solution of hemiacetal 27 (10 mg, 10.3 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 103 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (9.3 mg, 103 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 28 (5.4 mg, 5.18 μηιοΙ, 50%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.55 (d, 1 H), 4.24-3.57 (m, 28 H), 4.23 (d, 1 H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 2.84-2.77 (m, 1 H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.70 (dd, 1 H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1 .76 (t, 2H).
MS (ESP): m/z 497.36 (calc for C37H62N40272" [M-2Na]2": m/z 497.18).
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-p-D- glucopyranoside (29):
To a suspension of amine 28 (3.2 mg, 3.07 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (61 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (2.7 μΙ_, 30.7 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (4.3 μΙ_, 30.7 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 29 (2.3 mg, 2.01 μηιοΙ, 66%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.55 (d, 1 H), 4.21 -3.55 (m, 28 H), 4.20 (d, 1 H), 3.43 (m, 2H), 2.80-2.75 (m, 1 H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.71 -2.68 (m, 1 H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.09, 2.05 (2s, 6H), 1 .92-1 .89 (m, 2H), 1 .76 (t, 2H). MS (ESP): m/z 548.26 (calc for C4iH68N4028S2" [M-2Na]2": m/z 548.19). GD3 Polymer (30):
To a solution of 5 (0.75 mg, 3.67 μηιοΙ) in DMF (37 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 29 (2.1 mg, 1 .83 μηηοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (10 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (0.8 μΙ_, 5.5 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (7 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (1 .0 μΙ_, 1 1.0 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (1 .5 μΙ_, 1 1 .0 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GD3 polymer 30 (0.3 mg, 18%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 17% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 29.
Scheme 8: Synthesis of the GT1 a polymer 34
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0002
Figure imgf000073_0003
33 [GT1a-N(Me)0(CH2)2NH
Figure imgf000073_0004
Reagents and conditions: a) 2, sodium acetate buffer, 84%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, γ-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 24%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 25% /V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-aminoethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neurami acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl- g-neuraminic acid-(2→'3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→4)-[5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-β-ρ- glucopyranoside (32): To a solution of hemiacetal 31 (5.0 mg, 3.04 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 30 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 2 (2.7 mg, 30 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 32 (4.38 mg, 2.55 μηηοΙ, 84%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.80 (d, 1 H), 4.64, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.24 (d, 1 H), 4.20-3.40 (m, 45H), 3.29-3.27 (m, 2H), 2.81 (s, 3H), 2.78-2.69 (m, 3H), 2.08, 2.05 (2s, 12H), 1 .85-1.65 (m, 3H).
MS (ESP): m/z 836.33 (calc for C62H10iN6O45Na2" [M-2Na]2": m/z 836.29).
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylamino)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→8)-5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→3)-2-acetamido- p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (33):
To a suspension of amine 32 (3.2 mg, 1.86 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (37 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (0.5 mg, 3.35 μηιοΙ, 1 .8 equiv), γ-thiobutyrolactone (1 .6 μΙ_, 18.6 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (2.6 μΙ_, 18.6 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 33 (0.82 mg, 0.45 μηηοΙ, 24%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.79 (d, 1 H), 4.64, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.20-3.40 (m, 39H), 2.77 (s, 3H), 2.79-2.66 (m, 3H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.40 (t, 2H), 2.08, 2.05 (2s, 14H), 1.94-1 .74 (m, 2H). MS (ESP): m/z 583.80 (calc for C66H107N6O46SNa3" [M-3Na]3": m/z 583.87). GT1 a Polymer (34):
To a solution of 5 (0.19 mg, 0.90 μηιοΙ) in DMF (9 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 33 (0.82 mg, 0.45 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (1 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (0.2 μΙ_, 1 .36 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (2 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (0.2 μΙ_, 2.7 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (0.4 μΙ_, 2.7 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GT1 a polymer 34 (0.28 mg, 25%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 57% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 33.
Scheme 9: Synthesis of the GM1 a-linker2 polymer 38
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
Reagents and conditions: a) 35, sodium acetate buffer, 58%; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 74%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 41 % /V-[0-Methyl-/V-(2-aminoethyl)hv^^
D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3VI-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (36):
To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 35 (8.8 mg, 98 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 36 (6.2 mg, 5.63 μηιοΙ, 58%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.57-4.54 (m, 2H), 4.31 (d, 1 H), 4.18-3.51 (m, 33H), 3.38 (t, 1 H), 3.32 (m, 2H), 3.27 (m, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1.95 (t, 1 H).
HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1071.4177 (calc. for C4oH71N4029+ [M+H]+: 1071 .4198).
/V-(/\/-[2-(2-lv1ercaptobutanamido)ethyll-0-methyl)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'3)-2- acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-d ^VfS-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D- galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (37):
To a suspension of amine 36 (6.1 mg, 5.6 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (1 12 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (4.9 μΙ_, 56 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (7.8 μΙ_, 56 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 37 (5.0 mg, 4.2 μηηοΙ, 74%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (m, 2H), 4.25 (d, 1 H), 4.18-3.37 (m, 34H), 3.46 (m, 2H, Hb), 3.23 (m, 1 H), 3.07 (m, 1 H), 2.77 (m, 1 H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.03 (2s, 6H), 1 .97-1 .93 (m, 3H). MS (ESI-): m/z 1 171.65 (calc. for C44H75N403oS" [M-Na]": 1 171.42). GM1 a-linker2-polymer (38):
To a solution of 5 (1 .7 mg, 8.4 μηιοΙ) in DMF (84 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 37 (5.0 mg, 4.2 μηηοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (8.4 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (1 .9 μΙ_, 12.5 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (17 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.2 μΙ_, 25 μηηοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.5 μΙ_, 25 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker2 polymer 38 (2.5 mg, 41 %) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 41 % of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 37.
Scheme 10: Synthesis of the GM1 a-linker3 polymer 42
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0002
41 [GM1a-N(Me)(0(CH2)2)2NHC(0)(CH2)3SH]
Figure imgf000079_0003
42 Reagents and conditions: a) 39, sodium acetate buffer, 51 %; b) DL-dithiothreitol, Y-thiobutyrolactone, Et3N, DMF, 64%; c) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 32%
/V-(/V-Methyl-0-[2-0-(2-aminoethyl)hvdroxylethyl)lhvdroxylamino)-p-D-galactopyranosyl- (1→3)-2-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→4)-[5-acetyl-g-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D- galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (40):
To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 39 (13.1 mg, 98 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by dialysis gave compound 40 (7.48 mg, 6.50 μηιοΙ, 51 %) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.18-4.14 (m, 3H), 4.13-3.48 (m, 32H), 3.38 (dd, 1 H), 3.23 (m, 2H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.05, 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1.94 (m, 1 H).
HRMS (ESI+): m/z 1 1 15.4447 (calc. for C42H75N403o+ [M+H]+: 1 1 15.4461 ).
/V-(/\/-Methyl-0-[2-0-[2-(2-mercaptobutanamido)ethyllhvdroxylethyllhvdroxylamino)-p-D- galactopyranosyl-d ^S^-acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-d ^VfS-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3)l-p-D-galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (41 ):
To a suspension of amine 40 (7.48 mg, 6.50 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (130 μΙ_) were successively added DL-dithiothreitol (tip of spatula), γ-thiobutyrolactone (5.6 μΙ_, 65 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and Et3N (9.1 μΙ_, 65 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 12-24 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the reaction mixture was concentrated and the solvents co-evaporated with xylene. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography gave compound 41 (5.21 mg, 4.16 μηηοΙ, 64%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 2H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.18-3.52 (m, 36H), 3.41 (t, 2H), 3.37 (dd, 1 H), 2.79 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 1 H), 2.57 (t, 2H), 2.39 (t, 2H), 2.05, 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1 .98-1 .88 (m, 3H).
HRMS (ESI+) : m/z 1239.4412 (calc. for C46H8oN403iNaS+ [M+H]+ 1239.4419).
GM1 a-linker3-polymer (42): To a solution of 5 (1.72 mg, 8.41 μηηοΙ) in DMF (84 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 41 (5.21 mg, 4.21 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (8.4 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (1 .9 μΙ_, 13 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (17 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -24 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.2 μΙ_, 25 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (3.5 μΙ_, 25 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker3-polymer 42 (2.64 mg, 32%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 61 % of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 41.
Scheme 11: Synthesis of the GM1a-linker4-polymer 45
Figure imgf000082_0001
OMe
I
HN _ . ,SH
S
43
Figure imgf000082_0002
44 [GM1a-N(OMe CH2)2S(CH2)2SH]
Figure imgf000082_0003
45
Reagents and conditions: a) 43, sodium acetate buffer, 48%; b) i.5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 90% /V-(0-Methyl-/V-r2-(2-ethylthio)e^^
acetamido-p-D-galactopyranosyl-f l ^VfS-acetyl-a-neuraminic acid-(2→3VI-p-D- galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (44):
To a solution of hemiacetal 1 (10.0 mg, 9.80 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (0.1 M, pH 4.5, 98 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 43 (16 mg, 98 μηηοΙ, 10 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by reverse phase chromatography (0→100% MeOH in H20) gave compound 44 (5.5 mg, 4.7 μηηοΙ, 48%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.56, 4.55 (2d, 2H), 4.26 (d, 1 H), 4.21 -3.48 (m, 36H), 3.38 (t, 1 H), 3.35-3.30 (m, 1 H), 3.16 (m, 1 H), 3.04-3.01 (m, 2H), 3.01 -2.99 (m, 2H), 2.89 (t, 2H), 2.68 (dd, 1 H), 2.05 2.02 (2s, 6H), 1 .95 (t, 1 H).
MS (ESP): m/z 1 146.59 (calc. for C42H72N3029S2" [M-Na]" 1 146.37). GM1 a-linker4-polymer (45):
To a solution of 5 (1.17 mg, 5.13 μηηοΙ) in DMF (57 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 44 (3.35 mg, 2.86 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (5.8 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (1 .3 μΙ_, 8.6 μηηοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (12 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (1 .5 μΙ_, 17 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (2.4 μΙ_, 17 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave GM1 a-linker4-polymer 45 (3.08 mg, 90%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 30% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 44.
Scheme 12: Synthesis of Iinker2 35
Figure imgf000083_0001
61 62 35
Reagents and conditions: a) i. MeONH2 HCI, AcONa, EtOH; ii. NaBH3CN, AcCI, 39%; b) TFA, DCM, quant te/f-Butyl (2-(methoxyamino)ethyl)carbamate (62):
To a solution of aldehyde 61 (340 mg, 2.14 mmol) in EtOH (3.5 mL) was added methoxyamine hydrochloride (214 mg, 3.77 mmol, 1.2 equiv) and AcONa (350 mg, 4.27 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (201 mg, 3.20 mmol, 1 .5 equiv) was added followed by dropwise addition of a freshly prepared solution of 1 M ethanolic HCI (7.0 mL, freshly prepared from AcCI and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHC03. The reaction mixture was diluted with H20 and extracted with DCM (3 x). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 62 (158 mg, 0.832 mmol, 39%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 5.69 (s, 1 H), 4.91 (s, 1 H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.30 (m, 2H), 3.00 (t, 2H), 1.46 (s, 9H). 2-(Methoxyamino)ethan-1 -amine (35):
Aminoalcohol 62 (160 mg, 0.84 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 .1 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and trifluoroacetic acid (TFA, 320 μΐ, 4.2 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0°C followed by 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (9:1 → 7:3) gave amine 62 (100 mg) as a TFA salt partially.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 3.47 (s, 3H), 3.13 (m, 2H), 3.10 (m, 2H).
Scheme 13: Synthesis of Iinker3 39
, 0. a) , 0 , b)
HO " NH, HO ' " NHBoc Br ' 'NHBoc
63 64 65
BocN .
"OH
66 d)
BocN . .0, HN . .0,
* 0 "NHBoc " NH,
c) 67 39
Reagents and conditions: a) Boc20, Et3N, DCM, 84%; b) i. MsCI, Et3N, DCM; ii. LiBr, Acetone, 98%; c) 66, NaH, DMF, 90%; d) TFA, DCM, 96% te/f-Butyl (2-(2-hvdroxyethoxy)ethyl)carbamate (64):
Amine 63 (1.0 mL, 10 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (50 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (Boc20, 1.74 g, 8.9 mmol, 0.8 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et3N (1 .4 mL, 10 mmol, 1 .0 equiv). After stirring for 1 h at 0°C followed by 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with DCM and washed with H20 and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (1 :0→ 9:1 ) gave alcohol 64 (1 .37 g, 6.67 mmol, 84%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 4.88 (s, 1 H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.58 (t, 2H), 3.56 (t, 2H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 2.05 (s, 1 H), 1 .45 (s, 9H). te/f-Butyl (2-(2-bromoethoxy)ethyl)carbamate (65):
Alcohol 64 (1 .25 g, 6.09 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (34 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and methanesulfonyl chloride (MsCI, 0.80 mL, 10.3 mmol, 1 .7 equiv) was added to the solution followed by Et3N (1.9 mL, 13.4 mmol, 2.2 equiv). After stirring for 3 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with acetone (33 mL) and LiBr (8.9 g, 103 mmol, 17 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was diluted with EtOAc and washed with H20 and brine. The organic phase was dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15→ 8:2) gave bromide 65 (1 .60 g, 5.95 mmol, 98%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 4.91 (s, 1 H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.56 (t, 2H), 3.47 (t, 2H), 3.33 (d, 2H), 1 .45 (s, 9H). te f-Butyl (2-(2-((te f-butoxycarbonyl)amino)ethoxy)ethoxy)(methyl)carbamate (67):
NaH (60% in mineral oil, 82 mg, 2.04 mmol, 0.96 equiv) was added at 0°C to a solution of aminoalcohol 66 (313 mg, 2.12 mmol, 1 .0 equiv) in anhyd DMF (1 .4 mL). After stirring for 30 min at that temperature, a solution of bromide 65 (456 mg, 1.70 mmol, 0.8 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred 1 h at 0°C followed by 2 h at rt. After that time, the reaction was quenched by addition of MeOH, concentrated in vacuo and the solvent coevaporated with xylene. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (8:2→ 75:25) gave aminoalcohol 67 (510 mg, 1 .53 mmol, 90%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 5.04 (s, 1 H), 4.04-3.93 (m, 2H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.55 (t, 2H), 3.33 (m, 2H), 3.1 1 (s, 3H), 1 .49 (s, 9H), 1 .44 (s, 9H).
2-(2-((methylamino)oxy)ethoxy)ethan-1 -amine (39)
Aminoalcohol 67 (421 mg, 1.26 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (1 .6 mL). The solution was cooled to 0°C and TFA (480 μΐ, 6.29 mmol, 5.0 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 1 h at 0°C followed by 5 h at rt, the reaction mixture was diluted with MeOH and neutralized with free base Amberlite resin. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with DCM/MeOH (95:5 → 7:3) gave amine 39 (162 mg, 1 .21 mmol, 96%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20): δ 3.94 (m, 2H), 3.78 (t, 2H), 3.74 (m, 2H), 3.24 (t, 2H), 2.69 (s, 3H).
Scheme 14: Synthesis of Iinker4 43
Figure imgf000086_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) DIBAL-H, DCM, 61 %; b) i. MeONH2 HCI, AcONa, EtOH; ii. NaBH3CN, AcCI, EtOH, 17%
1 ,4-dithian-2-ol (69)
Ester 68 (100 mg, 0.60 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd DCM (1 .2 mL). The solution was cooled to -78°C and DIBAL-H (1 M in Toluene, 0.60 mL, 0.60 mmol, 1 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at -78°C, DIBAL-H (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol, 0.5 equiv) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture. After stirring for another 30 min at -78°C, potassium sodium tartrate tetrahydrate (1 .7 g) and H20 (2.0 mL) were added to the reaction mixture. After stirring vigourously for 1 h at rt, the aqueous phase was extracted (3 x) with DCM. The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over Na2S04. The suspension was filtered over cotton and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatography eluting with PE/Acetone (85:15→ 8:2) yielded derivative 69 (50 mg, 0.37 mmol, 61 %) as a white solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 4.93 (dd, 1 H), 3.65 (d, 1 H), 3.46 (dd, 1 H), 3.34 (m, 1 H), 3.1 1 -2.99 (m, 1 H), 2.87 (dd 1 H), 2.71 (m, 1 H), 2.61 (m, 1 H).
2-((2-(methoxyamino)ethyl)thio)ethane-1 -thiol (43)
To a solution of compound 69 (232 mg, 1 .7 mmol) in EtOH (2.8 mL) was added methoxyamine hydrochloride (171 mg, 2.0 mmol, 1 .2 equiv) and AcONa (279 mg, 3.4 mmol, 2.0 equiv). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (160 mg, 2.6 mmol, 1 .5 equiv) was added followed by dropwise addition of a freshly prepared solution of 1 M ethanolic HCI (5.6 mL, freshly prepared from AcCI and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHC03. The reaction mixture was diluted with H20 and extracted with DCM (3 x). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (85:15) yielded the aminoalcohol 43 (49 mg, 0.29 mmol, 17%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 5.90 (s, 1 H), 3.54 (s, 3H), 3.08 (t, 2H), 2.78-2.68 (m, 6H), 1 .72 (t, 1 H). Scheme 15: Synthesis of Iinker5 72
Reagents and conditions: a) i. 71 ; ii. MeONH2 HCI, AcONa, EtOH; iii. NaBH3CN, AcCI, EtOH, 29%
3-(3-(Methoxyamino)propylthio)propane-1 -thiol (72): Acrolein 70 (0.20 ml_, 3.0 mmol) was added dropwise to 1 ,2-ethanedithiol 71 (1 .3 ml_, 15.0 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 h at rt. After that time, the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOH (5.0 mL) and methoxyamine hydrochloride (300 mg, 3.6 mmol) and NaOAc (492 mg, 6.0 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at rt. After that time, NaBH3CN (282 mg, 4.5 mmol, 1 .5 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture, followed by dropwise addition of 1 M ethanolic HCI (10 mL, freshly prepared from AcCI and EtOH). After stirring for 1 h at rt, the reaction was neutralized by addition of satd aq NaHC03. The reaction mixture was diluted with H20 and extracted with DCM (3 x). The organic phases were pooled, washed with brine and dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with Tol/Acetone (8:2) yielded the aminoalcohol 72 (159 mg, 0.88 mmol, 29%) as a colourless oil.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 5.60 (s, 1 H), 3.53 (s, 3H), 3.01 (t, 2H), 2.76 (m, 2H), 2.73 (m, 2H), 2.62 (t, 2H), 1 .82 (m, 2H), 1.72 (dd, 1 H).
Scheme 16: Synthesis of the GM4 mimetic conjugate 78
Figure imgf000089_0001
77 [G 4m-N(OMe)-(CH2)3-S-(CH2)2-SH]
Figure imgf000089_0002
78
Reagents and conditions: a) i. Bu2SnO, MeOH; ii. 74, CsF, DME, 23%; b) Pd(OH)2, H2, THF/H20, 40%; c) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 64%; d) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 67%
Benzyl 2,6-di-0-benzyl-3-0-((1 S)-1 -benzyloxycarbonyl-2-cvclohexyl-ethyl)-p-D- galactopyranoside (75):
Diol 73 (100 mg, 0.22 mmol) was dissolved in anhyd MeOH (5 ml_). Bu2SnO (58 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1 .05 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was refluxed at 80°C for 4 h. After that time, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the crude residue was dried under high vacuum for 5 h. The crude residue was disolved under Ar in anhyd 1 ,2-dimethoxyethane (DME, 2.5 ml_). Anhyd CsF (67 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) and triflate 74 (175 mg, 0.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added. After overnight stirring at rt under Ar, the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography (Tol/EtOAc 8:2) yielded alcohol 75 (35 mg, 50 μηιοΙ, 23%). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.36-7.23 (m, 20H), 5.19 (d, 1 H), 5.10 (d, 1 H), 4.95 (d, 1 H), 4.94 (d, 1 H), 4.67 (d, 1 H), 4.64 (d, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 4.58 (1 d, 1 H), 4.44 (d, 1 H), 4.16 (dd, 1 H), 3.79 (m, 1 H), 3.77 (d, 2H), 3.73 (dd, 1 H), 3.53 (m, 1 H), 3.39 (t, 1 H), 3.30 (dd, 1 H), 1 .70-1 .45 (m, 8H), 1 .06-0.97 (m, 3H), 0.86-0.76 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 717.60 (calc for C43H5o08Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 717.34). 3-0-((1 S)-1 -carboxy-2-cvclohexyl-ethyl)-a,p-D-galactopyranose (76):
To a degazed solution of benzyl 75 (25 mg, 40 μηηοΙ) in THF/H20 (4:1 , 1 .0 mL) was added under Ar Pd(OH)2/C (10 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred overnight under an H2 atmosphere. After that time, the reaction mixture was filtered over a PTFE Acrodisc 0.45 μπΊ membrane and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H20 (0→ 100%) gave the corresponding uronate 76 (8.5 mg, 25 μηιοΙ, 63%) as a white fluffy solid.
The a-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 5.17 (d, 1 H), 4.20 (dd, 1 H), 4.01 -3.97 (m, 2H), 3.83 (dd, 1 H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61 -3.58 (m, 1 H), 1.74-1 .51 (m, 8H), 1.19-1 .07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H). The β-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.50 (d, 1 H), 4.18 (dd, 1 H), 3.94 (d, 1 H), 3.69-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.61 -3.58 (m, 1 H), 3.51 (dd, 1 H), 3.40 (dd, 1 H), 1 .74-1.51 (m, 8H), 1 .19-1 .07 (m, 3H), 0.93-0.81 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 357.32 (calc for Ci5H2608Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 357.16).
/V-(0-Methyl-/V-r2-(2-ethylthio)propylthiolhvdroxylamino)-3-0-((1 S)-1 -carboxy-2- cvclohexyl-ethvD-p-D-galactopyranoside (77):
To a solution of hemiacetal 76 (8.8 mg, 26 μιτιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 260 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 72 (25 mg, 138 μηιοΙ, 5.2 equiv) and EtOH (520 μΙ_). The reaction mixture was stirred for 48-72 h at 25-40°C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography followed by reverse phase chromatography (0%→ 100% MeOH in H20) gave compound 77 (8.3 mg, 16.7 μηιοΙ, 64%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.17 (d, 1 H), 4.00 (dd, 1 H), 3.94 (dd, 1 H), 3.88 (t, 1 H), 3.80 (dd, 1 H), 3.74 (dd, 1 H), 3.66-3.63 (m, 4H), 3.46 (dd, 1 H), 3.15 (m, 1 H), 3.05-2.96 (m, 2H), 2.82-2.69 (m, 5H), 1.95-1 .88 (m, 2H), 1 .81 (m, 1 H), 1.73-1 .54 (m, 7H), 1 .21 (m, 3H), 1.02- 0.90 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI"): m/z 496.37 (calc for CziHssOsNSz" [M-H]-: m/z 496.20). GM4 mimetic polymer (78):
To a solution of 5 (2.38 mg, 1 1 .6 μηιοΙ) in DMF (1 16 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 77 (1 .60 mg, 3.22 μηιοΙ, 0.28 equiv), water (10 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (2.6 μΙ_, 17.4 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (24 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (3.0 μΙ_, 34.8 μηηοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.9 μΙ_, 34.8 μηηοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave the GM4 mimetic polymer 78 (3.84 mg, 67%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 56% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 77.
Scheme 17: Synthesis of linker-equipped HNK-1 disaccharide 58
Figure imgf000092_0001
85
Figure imgf000092_0002
58 [(HNK-1 )-N(OMe)-(CH2)3-S-(CH2)2-SH]
Reagents and conditions: a) BzCN, DMAP, 4 A MS, DCM, -78°C, 74%; b) 80, NIS, TfOH, DCM, -20°C, 57%; c) NaOAc, MeOH, 64%; d) S03 Pyr, DMF, 82%; e) LiOH, THF/H20, 83%; f) Pd(OH)2/C, H2, H20/MeOH, quant; g) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 33%;
Benzyl 4-0-benzoyl-2,6-di-0-benzyl-p-D-galactopyranosyl (79):
A solution of diol 73 (285 mg, 0.634 mmol) in anhyd DCM (26 mL) was stirred over freshly activated 4 A MS for 30 min at rt under an Ar atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to -78°C and BzCN (87 mg, 0.665 mmol, 1.05 equiv) and DMAP (7.7 mg, 63 μηιοΙ, 0.1 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 h at -78°C under an Ar atmosphere. The reaction was quenched with MeOH and the resulting suspension was filtrated. The filtrate was washed with 10% aq NaHC03 and brine and dried over anhyd Na2S04. The solution was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with toluene/EtOAc (95:5→ 9:1 ) yielded the alcohol 79 (260 mg, 0.469 mmol, 74%) as a white foam.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.12-7.10 (m, 20H), 5.65 (d, 1 H), 5.02 (d, 1 H), 5.00 (d, 1 H), 4.71 (d, 1 H), 4.69 (d, 1 H), 4.57 (d, 1 H), 4.53 (d, 1 H), 4.46 (d, 1 H), 3.90-3.86 (m, 1 H), 3.87- 3.84 (m, 1 H), 3.69-3.65 (dd, 1 H), 3.66-3.61 (m, 2H), 2.42 (d, 1 H). MS (ESI+): m/z 577.23 (calc for C34H3407Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 577.22).
Benzyl 2,4-di-Q-acetyl-1 -thio-p-D-glucopyranosidurono-3,6-lactone-(1→3)-4-Q-benzoyl- 2,6-di-Q-benzyl-p-D-galactopyranoside (81 ):
To a solution of acceptor 79 (100 mg, 0.180 mmol) and donor 80 (127 mg, 0.360 mmol, 2.0 equiv) in anhyd DCM (1 .0 mL) was added NIS (164 mg, 0.728 mmol, 2.4 equiv). The reaction mixture was cooled to -20°C and TfOH (1 .6 μΙ_, 0.018 mmol, 0.1 equiv) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h at -20°C. The reaction mixture was neutralized with Et3N, diluted with DCM, washed with 10% aq Na2S203 and brine and dried over anhyd Na2S04. The suspension was filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. Purification by flash chromatography eluting with toluene/EtOAc (85:15→ 8:2) yielded the disaccharide 81 (82 mg, 0.103 mmol, 57%) as a white foam.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.09-8.06, 7.56, 7.46, 7.37-7.22 (m, 20H), 5.54 (d, 1 H), 5.37 (s, 1 H), 5.07 (d, 1 H), 5.03 (d, 1 H), 4.99 (d, 1 H), 4.92 (t, 1 H), 4.77 (t, 1 H), 4.70 (d, 1 H), 4.68 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (d, 1 H), 4.54 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 1 H), 4.19 (d, 1 H), 4.03 (dd, 1 H), 3.92 (dd, 1 H), 3.84 (dd, 1 H), 3.75 (dd, 1 H), 3.58 (dd, 1 H), 2.1 1 , 1 .82 (2s, 6H) MS (ESI+): m/z 819.39 (calc for C44H440i4Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 819.26).
Benzyl (methyl 2,4-di-0-acetyl-p-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-4-0-benzoyl-2,6-di-0- benzyl-p-D-galactopyranoside (82):
Lactone 81 (109 mg, 138 μηιοΙ) was dissolved at 0°C in anhyd DCM/MeOH (1 :4, 2.5 mL). Anhyd NaOAc (10 mg, 124 μηηοΙ, 0.9 equiv) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the mixture was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H+ resin. The suspension was filtered and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure. Flash chromatography using PE/Acet (75:25→ 7:3) gave the desired alcohol 82 (73 g, 88.2 μηιοΙ, 64%) as a white foam.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 8.07-8.03, 7.60-7.55, 7.45, 7.40-7.22 (m, 20H), 5.67 (d, 1 H), 5.13 (dd, 1 H), 5.00 (d, 1 H), 4.98 (d, 1 H), 4.97 (d, 1 H), 4.74 (dd, 1 H), 4.71 (d, 1 H), 4.64 (d, 1 H), 4.56 (d, 1 H), 4.52 (d, 1 H), 4.48 (d, 1 H), 4.05 (dd, 1 H), 3.85 (m, 1 H), 3.84 (d, 1 H), 3.82 (dd, 1 H), 3.69 (s, 3H), 3.65-3.62 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 1 H), 2.70 (d, 1 H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 1 .79 (s, 3H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 851 .47 (calc for C45H480i5Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 851 .29).
Benzyl (methyl 2,4-di-0-acetyl-3-0-sulfo-p-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1 ^3)-4-0-benzoyl -2,6- di-O-benzyl-p-D-galactopyranoside (83):
To a solution of alcohol 82 (72 mg, 87 μηηοΙ) in anhyd DMF (0.4 mL) was added S03-Py (41 mg, 26 mmol, 3.0 equiv) at 0°C under Ar. After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was quenched by addition of NaHC03 (146 mg) and the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min at rt. The suspension was filtered, the filtrate concentrated and the solvents were co-evaporated with xylene. Flash chromatography using DCM/MeOH (95:5 → 9:1 ) gave the sulfate 83 (67 mg, 72 μηιοΙ, 82%).
1H-NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.98, 7.52-7.45, 7.40-7.20 (m, 20H), 5.61 (d, 1 H), 5.19 (t, 1 H), 4.99 (d, 1 H), 4.98 (d, 1 H), 4.92 (d, 1 H), 4.83 (t, 1 H), 4.69 (d, 1 H), 4.63 (d, 1 H), 4.55 (d, 1 H), 4.50 (d, 1 H), 4.46 (m, 1 H), 4.45 (d, 1 H), 3.98 (dd, 1 H), 3.88 (d, 1 H), 3.83 (t, 1 H), 3.79 (dd, 1 H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.63-3.52 (m, 2H), 1 .95 (s, 3H), 1 .75 (s, 3H).
MS (ESI-): /z 907.45 (calc for C45H470i8S" [M-Na]": m/z 907.25).
Benzyl (sodium 3-0-sulfo-p-D-glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-2,6-di-Q-benzyl-p-D- galactopyranoside (84):
Acetate 83 (70 mg, 75 μηιοΙ) was dissolved in a solution of THF/H20 (10:1 , 1 .8 mL). The reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C and a 2.0 M aq LiOH solution (0.4 mL, 1 15 mmol, 9.5 equiv) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight and allowed to slowly reach rt. The next morning, the reaction was neutralised by addition of Amberlyst H+ resin. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in H20 (0% → 50%) gave the corresponding uronate 84 (47 mg, 62 μηηοΙ, 83%) as a white foam. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.43-7.20 (m, 15H), 4.92 (d, 1 H), 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.77 (d, 1 H), 4.67 (d, 1 H), 4.62 (d, 1 H), 4.51 (d, 1 H), 4.59 (d, 1 H), 4.32 (t, 1 H), 4.12 (d, 1 H), 3.83 (dd, 1 H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.64 (m, 2H), 3.58 (dd, 1 H).
MS (ESI-): /z 705.43 (calc for Css^C^S" [M-2Na+H]": m/z 705.19). Sodium 3-0-sulfo-p-D-glucopyranuronate-(1→3)-a,p-D-galactopyranose (85):
To a solution of benzyl 84 (46 mg, 61 μηηοΙ) in H20/MeOH (10:1 , 5.2 mL) was added Pd(OH)2/C (20 mg). The reaction mixture was stirred under an H2 atmosphere for 6 h. After that time, the reaction mixture was filtered over a PTFE Acrodisc 0.45 μηη membrane and concentrated under reduced pressure. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with H20 gave the corresponding uronate 85 (29 mg, 60 μηηοΙ, quant) as a white fluffy solid.
The a-anomer had: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 5.30 (d, 1 H), 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (t, 1 H), 4.26 (dd, 1 H), 4.12 (ddd, 1 H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 3.82 (m, 1 H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 3H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H).
The β-anomer had: 1H NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.78 (d, 1 H), 4.65 (d, 1 H), 4.35 (t, 1 H), 4.20 (d, 1 H), 3.82 (dd, 1 H), 3.77-3.70 (m, 5H), 3.66 (dd, 1 H), 3.62 (dd, 1 H).
MS (ESI"): m/z 434.96 (calc for Ci2H190i5S" [M-2Na+H]": m/z 435.05).
/V-(0-Methyl-/V-r2-r(2-ethylthio)propylthiolhvdroxylamine)-(sodium 3-Q-sulfo-p-D- glucopyranuronate)-(1→3)-p-D-galactopyranoside (58)
To a solution of hemiacetal 85 (1 1.3 mg, 23.5 μηιοΙ) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 235 μΙ_) was added oxyamine 72 (21 mg, 1 17 μηιοΙ, 10 equiv) and EtOH (450 μΙ_). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. Purification by P2 size-exclusion chromatography followed by reverse phase chromatography (100% H20) gave compound 58 (5.07 mg, 7.88 μηιοΙ, 33%) as a white fluffy solid.
1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.80 (d, 1 H), 4.36 (t, 1 H), 4.24-4.17 (m, 2H), 3.93 (dd, 1 H), 3.84 (dd, 1 H), 3.82 (d, 1 H), 3.80-3.74 (m, 2H), 3.73 (dd, 1 H), 3.67 (m, 1 H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.64 (dd, 1 H), 3.18 (m, 1 H), 3.03-2.96 (m, 5H), 2.74 (t, 2H), 1.94 (t, 2H).
MS (ESI"): m/z 598.19 (calc for Ci8H320i5S3 " [M-2Na+H]": m/z 598.04). Scheme 18: Synthesis of HNK-1 -linear polylysine glycoconjugate 86
Figure imgf000096_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) i. 5, DBU, DMF/H20; ii. thioglycerol, Et3N, 87% HNK-1 polymer (86): To a solution of 5 (3.59 mg, 17.5 μηιοΙ) in DMF (175 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 58 (5.07 mg, 7.88 μηιοΙ, 0.45 equiv), water (28 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (3.9 μΙ_, 26 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (36 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (4.5 μΙ_, 53 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (7.3 μΙ_, 53 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 1 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1 polymer 86 (7.4 mg, 87%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 40% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58. Scheme 19: Synthesis of HNK-1 -polylysine dendrimer glycocon jugate 86
Figure imgf000097_0001
87 88
Figure imgf000097_0002
89
Reagents and conditions: a) (CIAc)20, DMF/2,6-lutidine, 89%; b) i. 58, DBU, DMF/H20; thioglycerol, Et3N, 58% Chloroacetylated dendrimer (88):
Poly-L-lysine dendrimer (generation 6, 64 outer amine groups, TFA salt, 10 mg, 41.8 μηιοΙ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1 , 130 μΙ_) The solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of (CIAc)20 (7.0 mg, 52 μηηοΙ, 1.25 equiv) in anhyd DMF (17 μΙ_) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the dendrimer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et20/EtOH (1 :1 , 2 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et20/EtOH (1 :1 ) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated dendrimer 88 (7.2 mg, 89%) as an off-white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.27 (s, 1 H), 8.17 (s, 1 H), 7.99 (s, 1 H), 7.81 (s, 1 H), 4.26 (s, 1 H), 4.19 (s, 1 H), 4.10 (s, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 3.08-2.96 (s, 4H), 1 .66-1.17 (m, 12H).
HNK-1/dentrimeric polylysine conjugate (89):
To a solution of 88 (2.12 mg, 10.9 μηηοΙ) in DMF (109 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 58 (3.5 mg, 5.44 μηιοΙ, 0.5 equiv), water (20 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (2.4 μΙ_, 16 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (22 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (2.8 μΙ_, 33 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (4.6 μΙ_, 33 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 2 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/dentrimeric polylysine conjugate 89 (3.54 mg, 58%) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 48% of the lysine side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58.
Scheme 20: Synthesis of HNK-1 -ornithine conjugate 93
Figure imgf000098_0001
93
Reagents and conditions: a) i. Resin OH", H20; ii. 10% aq PTSA, 91 %; b) (CIAc)20, DMF/2,6-lutidine, 63%; c) 58, DBU, then thioglycerol, Et3N, DMF/H20, 61 %
Tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (91 ):
Poly-L-ornithine hydrobromide (25 mg dissolved in 0.25 ml water) was passed through an anion exchange column, (Ambersep 900 hydroxide form, 5 x 0.5 cm). The effluent solution was neutralized with 10% aq p-toluenesulfonic acid (PTSA). Lyophilisation gave the tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33.5 mg, 91 %) as a white fluffy solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.48 (t, 2H), 7.1 1 (t, 2H), 4.15 (s, 1 H), 2.76 (s, 2H), 1 .75-1 .46 (m, 4H).
Chloroacetylated poly-L-ornithine (92):
The tosylate salt of poly-L-ornithine (33 mg, 1 16 μηηοΙ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF/2,6-lutidine (4:1 , 360 μΙ_) The solution was cooled to 0°C and a solution of (CIAc)20 (25 mg, 145 μηηοΙ, 1.25 equiv) in DMF (48 μΙ_) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 4°C. After that time, the polymer was precipitated by slow addition of the reaction mixture to a stirring solution of Et20/EtOH (1 :1 , 4 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with Et20/EtOH (1 :1 ) and dried to obtain chloroacetylated poly-L- ornitine 92 (14 mg, 73 μηιοΙ, 63%) as an off-white solid.
1H NMR (500 MHz, DMSO) δ 8.24 (s, 1 H), 4.04 (s, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1 H), 3.13 (s, 2H), 2-04- 1 .38 (m, 6H).
HNK-1 polyornithine conjugate (93):
To a solution of 92 (2.6 mg, 13.7 μηηοΙ) in DMF (137 μΙ_) were subsequently added compound 58 (4.0 mg, 6.17 μηιοΙ, 0.45 equiv), water (24 μΙ_) and a solution of DBU (3.1 μΙ_, 21 μηιοΙ, 1 .5 equiv) in DMF (28 μΙ_). After stirring for 1 -3 h at rt, thioglycerol (3.6 μΙ_, 41 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) and Et3N (5.7 μΙ_, 41 μηιοΙ, 3.0 equiv) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at rt for another 12-24 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 2 ml_). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried. Further purification was achieved by ultrafiltration (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 ml_, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa, 5500 rpm). Freeze-drying gave HNK-1/polyornithine conjugate 93 (4.9 mg, 61 %) as a white solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 60% of the ornithine side- chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 58. Scheme 21 : Synthesis of lactose-linker5 conjugate 56 and conjugate 97
Figure imgf000100_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) 72, AcOH/AcOH buffer, EtOH, 40°C, 78%; b) 95, Cs2C03, DMF, 75%; c) 20% piperidine in DMF, 64% /V-(0-Methyl /V-[2-[(2-ethylthiolpropylthiolhvdroxylamine)-p-D-galactopyranosyl-(1→'4)-p-D- glucopyranoside (56)
To a solution of hemiacetal 94 (107 mg, 0.297 mmol) in NaOAc/AcOH buffer (2 M, pH 4.5, 1 .5 mL) was added oxyamine 72 (270 mg, 1.50 mmol, 5.0 equiv) and EtOH (3.0 ml_). The reaction mixture was stirred for 24-48 h at 25-40°C. After that time, the solvents were evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude residue was suspended under Ar in H20 (5.0 mL). DL-Dithiothreitol (460 mg, 2.98 mmol, 10 equiv) was added to the reaction mixture followed by 1 M aq NaOH (until pH consistently 9). After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was directly loaded onto the C18 column. Purification by reverse phase chromatography (0→ 100% MeOH in H20) gave compound 56 (1 17 mg, 0.231 mmol, 78%) as a white fluffy solid. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.98 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.86- 3.77 (m, 3H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.60 (m, 4H), 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.19 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.83 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 2H), 2.72 (m, 2H), 1.92 (m, 2H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 528.29 (calcfor Ci8H350iiNS2Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 528.15). /V-(0-Methyl Λ/-Γ2-Γ(2-Γ2- fluorenylmethyloxycarbamate)ethyl1e^
galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (96)
Thiol 56 (28 mg, 49 μηηοΙ) was dissolved in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). The solution was degazed then flushed with Ar. Bromide 95 (56 mg, 0.163 mmol, 3.3 equiv) and Cs2C03 (32 mg, 99 μηηοΙ, 2.0 equiv) were added to the reaction mixture. After stirring for 2 h at rt under Ar, the reaction mixture was directly loaded onto the C18 column. Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeCN in H20 (0%→ 95%) gave the corresponding Fmoc- protected amine 96 (28 mg, 37 μηηοΙ, 75%) as a white foam.
1H NMR (500 MHz, MeOD) δ 7.81-7.77 (m, 2H), 7.73-7.65 (m, 2H), 7.41-7.36 (m, 2H), 7.33-7.29 (m, 2H), 4.36 (d, 1H), 4.05 (d, 1H), 3.86-3.83 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, 1H), 3.78 (dd, 1H), 3.70 (dd, 1H), 3.63 (d, 1H), 3.61 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 1H), 3.57-3.50 (m, 5H), 3.48 (dd, 1H), 3.33 (m, 1H), 3.12 (m, 1H), 3.00-2.99 (m, 2H), 2.94 (dt, 1H), 2.75-2.62 (m, 6H), 1.89- 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.72-1.63 (m, 1H).
MS (ESI+): m/z 793.41 (calc for C35H5oOi3N2S2Na+ [M+Na]+: m/z 793.26). /V-(0-Methyl /V-r2-r2-r2-aminoethyllethylthiolpropylthiolhvdroxylamine)-B-D- galactopyranosyl-d→4)-p-D-glucopyranoside (97)
Derivative 96 (28 mg, 37 μηηοΙ) was dissolved under Ar in anhyd DMF (1.0 mL). Piperidine (0.2 mL) was added to the solution under Ar. After stirring for 4 h at rt under Ar, the solvents were coevaporated with toluene (3x). Reverse phase chromatography eluting with MeOH in 0.1% aq TFA (0%→60%) gave the corresponding amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 μηηοΙ, 64%) as a white foam.
1H NMR (500 MHz, D20) δ 4.47 (d, 1H), 4.23 (d, 1H), 3.99 (dd, 1H), 3.95 (d, 1H), 3.85- 3.76 (m, 3H), 3.75 (m, 1H), 3.71-3.59 (m, 4H), 3.64 (s, 3H), 3.56 (dd, 1H), 3.55 (m, 1H), 3.26 (t, 2H), 3.18 (m, 1H), 3.01 (m, 1H), 2.92 (t, 2H), 2.88-2.86 (m, 5H), 2.73 (t, 1H), 1.95- 1.89 (m,2H). MS (ESI+): m/z 549.31 (calc for C2oH4iOii N2S2+ [M+H]+: m/z 549.21 ).
Scheme 22: Synthesis of lactose-chitosan conjugate 100
Figure imgf000102_0001
100
Reagents and conditions: a) 56, DBU, DMF/H20, 58%; b) 0.1 M aq NaOH, 40°C, 59% Chitosan derivative (99)
To a solution of chloracetylated chitosan 98 (5.0 mg, 12.2 μηηοΙ) in DMF (0.4 mL) were subsequently added compound 56 (24.0 mg, 39.1 μηιοΙ, 3.2 equiv) and DBU (7.0 μΙ_, 48.8 μηηοΙ, 4.0 equiv). After stirring for 2 h at rt, the reaction mixture was heated at 50°C for 1 h. After that time, H20 (20 μΙ_) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 50°C for another 1 h. The product was precipitated by slow addition to a stirring solution of EtOH/Et20 (1 :1 , 4 mL). The precipitate was filtered off, washed with EtOH and dried to obtain chitosan conjugate 99 (12.8 mg, 58%) as a white solid.
IR (KBr) v 3400 (vs, b, OH), 2926, 2067, 1734 (COester), 1651 (COamide), 1419, 1382, 1274, 1207, 1 1 19, 1076, 1034, 894, 784, 702, 622, 600 Lactose-chitosan conjugate (100)
Chitosan derivative 99 (16 mg, 8.9 μηηοΙ) was suspended in 0.1 M aq NaOH (0.32 mL). The suspension was stirred at 40°C for 90 min. The solid was filtered off, washed with H20, EtOH and Et20 and dried to obtain lactose-chitosan conjugate 100 (3.7 mg, 59%) as a white solid. IR (KBr) v 3436 (vs, b, OH), 2921 , 1648 (COamide), 1553, 1377, 1075, 1034, 894
Scheme 23: Synthesis of lactose-polyglutamic acid conjugate 102
Figure imgf000103_0001
Reagents and conditions: a) Sulfo-NHS, EDC'HCI, NaHC03, phosphate buffer, 45% Lactose-polyglutamic acid conjugate (102)
To a solution of poly-L-glutamic acid sodium salt (from Alamanda Polymers, n = 250, 2.50 mg, 16.5 μηιοΙ) in phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 5.0, 81 μΙ_) was added a solution of /V-hydroxysulfosuccinimide sodium salt (sulfo-NHS, 60 mg, 0.26 mmol, 15.6 equiv) and N- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-/V'-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC'HCI, 37 mg, 0.19 mmol, 1 1.5 equiv) in phosphate buffer (100 mM, pH 5.0, 417 μΙ_) was added After stirring for 15 min at rt, amine 97 (13 mg, 23.7 μηηοΙ, 1 .4 equiv) was added followed by addition of satd aq NaHC03 until the pH was consistenly 7. After stirring for 2 h at rt, ethanolamine was added to the reaction mixture to reach a final concentration of 10 mM. After stirring for 10 min at rt, the reaction mixture was transferred into an ultrafiltration tube (Sartorius Stedim Vivaspin tubes, 6 mL, molecular weight cutoff 10 kDa). Purification by ultrafiltration (5500 rpm) and freeze-drying gave lactose-polyglutamic acid conjugate 102 (4.9 mg, 45%) as a white fluffy solid. According to 1H NMR, the product contained approximately 100% of the glutamic acid side-chains substituted by the carbohydrate epitope 56. Patient Sera
Sera from seven neuropathy patients were investigated. They all were tested positive for anti-ganglioside antibodies in the clinic. Serum anti-ganglioside antibody titers were determined by an ELISA assays from Bijhlmann Laboratories (Schonenbuch, Switzerland). Sera were either obtained from Bijhlmann Laboratories (Schonenbuch, Switzerland) or the clinical laboratory of the University Hospital Basel (Basel, Switzerland). Sera from individuals undergoing neuro-immunological evaluation with negative anti- ganglioside reactivity served as control. Use of sera for our study was approved by the ethics committee of northwestern and central Switzerland (EKNZ UBE-15/46). Competitive Binding Assay
The synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1 a epitope), 26 (GD1 b epitope), and 34 (GT1 a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland). The 96 well microtiter plates coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina were washed two times with washing buffer (300 μΙ/well) before adding the carbohydrate polymers in eight different concentrations, 25 μΙ/well. The patient sera containing anti-ganglioside IgG or IgM antibodies were added in the appropriate dilutions, 25 μΙ/well (2x concentrated), to obtain a total of 50 μΙ volume per well. The plate was covered with a plate sealer and incubated for 2 h at 4-8°C. The wells were washed three times with wash buffer (300 μΙ/well) before either the anti-human IgM antibody- horseradish peroxidase conjugate or the anti-human IgG antibody-horseradish peroxidase conjugate was added (100 μΙ/well). The plate was incubated for 2 h at 4-8°C. After washing the wells (3 x 300 μΙ/well), a substrate solution of tetramethylbenzidin (TMB in citrate buffer with hydrogen peroxide) was added (100 μΙ/well) and the plate incubated for further 30 minutes at 600 rpm and room temperature, protected from light. Finally, a stop solution (0.25 M sulfuric acid) was added (100 μΙ/well) and the degree of colorimetric reaction was determined by absorption measurement at 450 nm with a microplate reader (Spectramax 190, Molecular Devices, California, USA).
The synthesized carbohydrate polymer 86 (HNK-1 epitope mimetic 58) was tested in the anti-MAG ELISA (kit from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland). The assay protocol was performed according to the one described above for the GanglioCombi(- Light) ELISA. To determine the in vitro IC50 of polymer 86, the assay was performed with co-incubation of polymer (25 μΙ/well) and a mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibody (25 μΙ/well) at a final dilution of 1 :1000. To determine the in vivo efficacy of polymer 86, the assay was performed by incubation of mouse plasma diluted 1 :100 (50 μΙ/well). Both, the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM and anti-HNK-1 (anti- MAG) IgM in plasma of immunized BALB/c mice (pre- and post-treatment) were detected with goat anti-mouse IgM HRP conjugate (Sigma Aldrich, A8786) diluted 1 :10Ό00.
Immunological mouse model for anti-MAG neuropathy
Six gender matched BALB/c wild type mice at the age of 6 weeks were injected subcutaneously at multiple sites on the lower back with a total of 100 μg of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG purified from bovine cauda equina (both glycolipids contain the HNK-1 carbohydrate epitope). The isolation of glycolipids was performed according to a protocol described by Burger et al. (Journal of Immunological Methods 1991 , 140, 31 -36). These glycosphingolipids were taken up in PBS, mixed with KLH (1 .4 mg/ml final concentration) and emulsified with an equal volume of TiterMax® Gold. Two booster injections were performed after 2 and 4 weeks with 20 μg of purified SGPG/SGLPG mixed with KLH and TiterMax® Gold. Blood samples were taken by puncture of the tail vein and transferred to tubes containing 1 μΙ of 0.5 M EDTA and centrifuged 15 min at 1 '800 rpm. The supernatant (plasma) was transferred to new tubes and stored at -55 °C. The glycopolymer 86, dissolved in PBS, was administered by i.v. injection of the tail vein. Mouse plasma samples were analyzed by the above described anti-MAG ELISA.
As indicated, the synthesized carbohydrate polymers 6 (GM1 a epitope), 26 (GD1 b epitope), and 34 (GT1 a epitope) were tested in the GanglioCombi(-Light) ELISA and/or, in case of compound 6, the anti-GM1 ELISA (all kits from Bijhlmann Laboratories, Schonenbuch, Switzerland). These ELISAs are used to support the clinical diagnosis of immune-mediated neuropathies. The assays allow the determination of the anti- ganglioside IgM/lgG antibodies titer (e.g. gangliosides GM1 , GD1 a, and GQ1 b) in serum samples from patients. We used these ELISAs as competitive binding assays. The synthesized compounds and patient serum samples (containing anti-ganglioside antibodies) were given into 96 well plates, coated with purified gangliosides from bovine cauda equina. Immobilized gangliosides and the synthesized compounds competed for binding to the anti-ganglioside antibodies. After a washing step ganglioside-bound antibodies (IgM/lgG) were detected with horseradish peroxidase labeled anti-human IgM or anti-human IgG antibodies, followed by a colorimetric reaction. Successful competition of the compounds with gangliosides led to a decrease in measured OD45o nm (optical density), because they block the binding sites of anti-ganglioside antibodies, preventing their binding to immobilized gangliosides. The principle of the assay is depicted in FIG. 1 . For the evaluation of the compounds, sera from seven patients (anti-GM1 a: PP IgG Pos., P21 , P3, P4; anti-GD1 b: P22; anti-GQ1 b: EK-GCO 1803, P23), tested positive for anti- ganglioside reactivity during clinical laboratory routine analysis, were chosen. IgG and IgM antibody titers were determined for each serum in preliminary experiments. Serum dilutions with measured OD45o nm values around 1 .0 (0.7-1 .3) were chosen for the assay, to be able to compare the measured IC50 values (half maximal inhibitory concentration) which are antibody concentration dependent. Serum dilutions: PP IgG Pos. 1 :1 '200, P21 1 :1 '300, P3 1 :50, P4 1 :400, P22 1 :50, EK-GCO 1803 V. 300, P23 1 :50). The sera that served as negative controls (dilution 1 :50) showed no antibody binding to gangliosides.
IC5o values of compound 6 were determined for sera PP IgG Pos. (IgG), P21 (IgG), P3 (IgM) and P4 (IgM). Compound 26 were evaluated with serum P22 (IgG). The IC50 values of compound 34 were determined for sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG). The results are shown in the Table below. The inhibition curves are shown in FIG. 2.
Table: IC½ values of glvcopolymers 6, 26, and 34 tested with a total of seven neuropathy patient sera including standard deviations.
Serum Ganglioside Compound 6 Compound 26 Polymer 34
reactivity PL(GM1 a)28 PL(GD1 b)20 PL(GT1 a)58
(antibody IC50 IC50 IC50 isotype)
PP IgG Pos. GM1 a
28.0 ± 13.5 μΜ
(igG)
P21 GM1 a
218.6 ± 77.8 nM
(igG)
P3 GM1 a
374.9 ± 157.0 nM
(IgM)
P4 GM1 a
59.4 ± 62.9 pM
(IgM)
P22 GD1 a
313.1 ± 1 12.3 μΜ
(igG)
EK-GCO GQ1 b/GT1 a
12.5 ± 4.1 μΜ 1803 (igG)
P23 GQ1 b/GT1 a
347.6 ± 92.0 μΜ
(igG) The inventive polymers 6, 26, 34 are glycopolymers that imitate the natural glycoepitopes of the GM1 a-, GD1 b-, and the GT1 a-gangliosides. These and other glycoepitopes are involved in autoimmune neurological diseases; they are targets for antibodies that trigger demyelination and neurodegeneration (H. J. Willison and N. Yuki, Brain, 2002, 125, 2591 - 2625). The prepared glycopolymers are based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone and are designed for a therapeutic application in patients, where pathogenic anti-glycan antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by these polymers.
For the biological evaluation of the prepared glycopolymers, patient sera were used. These sera have been tested positive in the clinic for anti-ganglioside antibodies. The synthetic glycopolymers were tested with sera presenting an antibody response against the ganglioside epitopes displayed by the conjugates (e.g. sera with anti-GM1 a IgG or IgM antibodies for the evaluation of the PL(GM1 a)28 polymer 6). The IC50 values obtained during the biological characterization in the competitive binding ELISA assay showed the different neutralization effects of the glycopolymers for anti-ganglioside antibodies from different patients with reactivity against the same glycoepitope. This is probably due to interindividual differences of antibody characteristics (isotype, affinity, specificity, serum concentration, monoclonal/polyclonal, etc.) between the different patients. However, the inhibitory effect of the glycopolymers is given for antibody reactivities against different gangliosides. Furthermore, the data on compound 6 shows that glycopolymers mimicking a specific glycoepitope can neutralize antibodies of different isotypes, e.g. antibodies of the IgG and/or the IgM type. It is also interesting to note, that partial glycoepitope structures can be sufficient to retain affinity to anti-ganglioside antibodies. This is the case for the competitive binding assay of GT1 a-glycoconjugate 34 with sera EK-GCO 1803 (IgG) and P23 (IgG), where the antibodies target the GQ1 b epitope (characteristic for e.g. Miller-Fischer syndrome and Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis). Even though the GT1 a epitope, displayed by conjugate 34, lacks one sialic acid compared to the GQ1 b ganglioside, the patient sera directed against GQ1 b were neutralized by glycopolymer 34.
The IC50 value of compound 86 was determined for the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody. This antibody shows comparable reactivity with the HNK-1 glycoepitope as monoclonal anti-MAG IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. The results are shown in the Table 2 below. The inhibition curve is shown in FIG. 2E. Table 2: ICsn value of glycopolymer 86, tested with the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM antibody including standard deviation.
Figure imgf000108_0001
The inventive polymer 86 is a glycopolymer that imitates the natural trisaccharide glycoepitope HNK-1 which is present in the peripheral nervous system as part of the glycosphingolipids SGPG and SGLPG but also the glycoprotein MAG. This HNK-1 glycoepitope is the target of an autoimmune attack in the neurological disorder anti-MAG neuropathy. The prepared glycopolymer is based on a biodegradable poly-L-lysine backbone of an average of 400 lysines, wherein 40% of the lysine side chains are loaded with the HNK-1 mimetic 58. The remaining 60% of side chains are caped with thioglycerole to improve the water solubility of the polymer. The polymer is designed for a therapeutic application in anti-MAG neuropathy patients (or patients with other neurological diseases with the same or similar antibodies), where pathogenic anti-HNK-1 (MAG/SGPG/SGLPG) antibodies could be selectively neutralized and removed by this polymer. Polymer 86 inhibits the binding of the mouse monoclonal anti-HNK-1 IgM to the HNK-1 epitope on MAG at nanomolar concentrations (Table 2). The therapeutic utility of polymer 86 is further supported by in vivo data (Fig. 3). The compound PL(HNK- 1 mimetic(58))4o was administered intravenously to immunized BALB/c mice (n = 6) with induced high levels of anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies. These mouse antibodies are a model for pathogenic human anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies of anti-MAG neuropathy patients. A dose of 10mg/kg or polymer 86 significantly reduced the levels of mouse anti-HNK-1 (anti-MAG) IgM antibodies up to seven days after administration.

Claims

Claims
1 . A compound comprising a carbohydrate moiety and a linker Z, wherein said carbohydrate moiety mimics a glycoepitope comprised by a glycosphingolipid of the nervous system, wherein
said linker Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein
Ra is H, CrC4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or
Figure imgf000109_0001
A is Ci-C7-alkylene, Ci-C7-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or
CrC7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2; and wherein said linker Z is covalently bound via its -N(Ra)-group to the reducing end of said carbohydrate moiety.
2. The compound of claim 1 , wherein said compound is a compound of formula (I) or formula (II), wherein formula (I) is
Figure imgf000109_0002
wherein R11 is Z or
Figure imgf000109_0003
wherein R12 is H, S03H, or 108
Figure imgf000110_0001
Figure imgf000110_0002
Figure imgf000110_0003
wherein R15 and R16 are independently H or
Figure imgf000111_0001
wherein R17 is H or
Figure imgf000111_0002
and wherein formula (II)
Figure imgf000111_0003
wherein R is Z or
Figure imgf000111_0004
wherein R112 is Z or
Figure imgf000111_0005
wherein Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein
Ra is H, CrC4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5, CH2CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5, or
Figure imgf000112_0001
A is Ci-C7-alkylene, Ci-C7-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or
CrC7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.
3. The compound of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein said compound is a compound of formula (I).
4. The compound of claim 1 or claim 2, wherein said compound is a compound of formula (II).
5. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein said compound is a compound of formula 4*, 9*, 13*, 17*, 21 *, 25*, 29*, 33*, or any one 46*-60*.
Figure imgf000112_0002
13*
Figure imgf000113_0001
46* 112
Figure imgf000114_0001
Figure imgf000114_0002
Figure imgf000115_0001
55*
Figure imgf000115_0002
HO OH
ΗΟ -«-,^ --Ο
Figure imgf000116_0001
58*
Figure imgf000116_0002
wherein Z is -N(Ra)-A-B-CH2-(CH2)q-SH, wherein
Ra is H, CrC4-alkyl, Ci-C4-alkoxy, CH2C6H5! CH2CH2C6H5! OCH2C6H5! or
Figure imgf000116_0003
A is Ci-C7-alkylene, Ci-C7-alkoxy, Ci-C4-alkyl-(OCH2CH2)pO-Ci-C4-alkyl, or
CrC7-alkoxy-Rb, wherein Rb is an optionally substituted aryl or an optionally substituted heteroaryl, and wherein p is 0 to 6, preferably p is 1 , 2 or 3, and further preferably p is 1 ;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2;
q is 0 to 6, preferably q is 1 , 2, 3 or 4, and further preferably q is 1 or 2.
6. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein
Ra is H, CH3, CH2CH3, CH2CH2CH3! CH(CH3)2, OCH3, OCH2CH3, OCH2CH2CH3, CH2C6H5, OCH2C6H5;
A is 0(CH2)pCH2, (CH2)PCH2, CH2(OCH2CH2)pOCH2! (OCH2CH2)pOCH2CH2 or
0(CH2)pC6H5;
B is NHC(O), S or CH2.
7. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein said linker Z is of a formula selected from any one of the formula (a) to (g):
. SH
p " q
0 (a)
Figure imgf000117_0001
.N. .SH
P q (e)
Figure imgf000117_0002
wherein p is between 0 and 6, preferably 1 to 3, in particular 1, and q is between 0 and 6, preferably between 1, 2 and 4, in particular 1 or 2.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein said compound is a compound of formula 4, 9, 13, 17, 21, 25, 29, 33, 37, 41, 44, 56, 58 or 77.
Figure imgf000117_0003
Figure imgf000118_0001
37
Figure imgf000119_0001
77
9. A polymer comprising a multitude of compounds of any one of the claims 1 to 8 wherein said compounds are connected to the polymer backbone by way of said linker Z, and wherein said connection is effected via the SH-group of said linker Z, and wherein preferably said multitude of compounds is (i) a multitude of compounds of formula (I), (ii) a multitude of compounds of formula (II) or (iii) a multitude of compounds of formula (I) and of formula (II), wherein said compounds (I) and (II) are defined as in any one of the claims 2 to 8.
10. The polymer according to claim 9, wherein the polymer backbone is an a-amino acid polymer, an acrylic acid or methacrylic acid polymer or copolymer, a N-vinyl-2- pyrrolidone-vinyl alcohol copolymer, a chitosan polymer, or a polyphosphazene polymer, and wherein preferably the polymer backbone is an a-amino acid polymer, wherein further preferably the polymer backbone is an a-amino acid polymer and said a-amino acid of said a-amino acid polymer is lysine, ornithine, glutamic acid or aspartic acid.
1 1 . The polymer according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the polymer backbone is poly- lysine, and wherein preferably the molecular weight of the polymer backbone is 1 Ό00 Da to 300Ό00 Da.
12. The polymer according to any one of claims 9 to 1 1 , wherein the percentage of loading of the carbohydrate moiety of said compound onto the polymer backbone is between 10 and 90%, preferably between 20 and 70%, and in particular between 30 and 60%.
13. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, preferably a compound of formula (I) or formula (II) according to any one of claims 2 to 8, or a polymer according to any one of claims 9 to 12
14. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, preferably a compound of formula (I) or formula (II) according to any one of claims 2 to 8, or a polymer according to any one of claims 9 to 12, or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 13 for use in a method of treating a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is selected from multiple sclerosis, Parkinson's disease, Alzheimer's disease, dementia, and an immune-mediated neuropathy, wherein preferably said immune-mediated neuropathy is selected from Guillain-Barre syndrome (GBS), chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CI DP), Miller-Fischer syndrome, Bickerstaff brainstem encephalitis, multifocal motor neuropathy or anti-MAG neuropathy.
15. A compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, preferably a compound of formula (I) or formula (II) according to any one of claims 2 to 8, or a polymer according to any one of claims 9 to 12, or a pharmaceutical composition of claim 13 for use in a method of diagnosis of a neurological disease, wherein preferably said neurological disease is an immune-mediated neuropathy.
PCT/EP2016/071711 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids WO2017046172A1 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP16767221.1A EP3350193B1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US15/760,398 US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
AU2016323377A AU2016323377B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
CA2996073A CA2996073A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
CN201680053815.3A CN108026134A (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 With reference to the carbohydrate ligand of anti-glycosphingolipid glycoprotein epitope antibodies
JP2018513509A JP6849667B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligand that binds to antibodies against glycosphingolipid sugar chain epitopes
US17/372,422 US20220169790A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP15185552 2015-09-16
EP15185552.5 2015-09-16

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/760,398 A-371-Of-International US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US17/372,422 Continuation US20220169790A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-07-10 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017046172A1 true WO2017046172A1 (en) 2017-03-23

Family

ID=54238190

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/EP2016/071711 WO2017046172A1 (en) 2015-09-16 2016-09-14 Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (2) US11091591B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3350193B1 (en)
JP (1) JP6849667B2 (en)
CN (1) CN108026134A (en)
AU (1) AU2016323377B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2996073A1 (en)
HK (1) HK1252262A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2017046172A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2018167230A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-20 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Glycopolymers sequestering carbohydrate-binding proteins
EP3715375A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of pre-eclampsia
EP3715374A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
EP3715376A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-08-17 Universität Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
US11220523B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2022-01-11 Universität Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to IgM antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein
WO2022063885A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable anti-peg antibodies in a patient
WO2022063887A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing the efficacy of factor viii replacement therapy
WO2022063882A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of autoantibody-mediated conditions
WO2022063879A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
WO2022063892A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing efficacy of viral vectors
WO2022063880A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
WO2022224035A2 (en) 2021-04-20 2022-10-27 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
WO2023039090A1 (en) * 2021-09-11 2023-03-16 Academia Sinica Synthetic compound, kit comprising the same, and uses thereof
WO2023180502A1 (en) 2022-03-24 2023-09-28 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing efficacy of oncolytic viruses
US11986536B2 (en) 2019-03-23 2024-05-21 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5155004A (en) 1990-03-14 1992-10-13 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Chitosan or chitin derivative and method for processing silver halide photographic material by using the same
WO2005054264A2 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic antagonists for both e- and p-selectins
EP2727597A1 (en) * 2012-11-06 2014-05-07 Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) Glucose responsive hydrogel comprising pba-grafted hyaluronic acid (ha)

Family Cites Families (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5846951A (en) 1991-06-06 1998-12-08 The School Of Pharmacy, University Of London Pharmaceutical compositions
CA2110495A1 (en) 1991-06-10 1992-12-23 Robert M. Ippolito Immunosuppressive and tolerogenic oligosaccharide derivatives
US5985578A (en) 1991-08-09 1999-11-16 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
AU2484892A (en) 1991-08-09 1993-03-02 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
US6020140A (en) 1991-08-09 2000-02-01 Washington University Autoantibodies and their targets in the diagnosis of peripheral neuropathies
EP0661980B1 (en) 1991-08-23 2003-02-19 Alberta Research Council Methods and compositions for attenuating antibody-mediated xenograft rejection in human recipients
EP0601417A3 (en) 1992-12-11 1998-07-01 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Physiologically compatible and degradable polymer-based carbohydrate receptor blockers, a method for their preparation and their use
CA2133772A1 (en) 1993-11-19 1995-05-20 Yuji Yamada Method for assaying glycoconjugate and reagent thereof
US5783693A (en) 1993-11-19 1998-07-21 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for synthesizing sulfated disaccharide inhibitors of selectins
DE19526675A1 (en) 1994-09-09 1996-03-14 Herbert Prof Dr Wiegandt Test for abnormally high anti-carbohydrate antibody titres
FR2727117A1 (en) 1994-11-18 1996-05-24 Geffard Michel USE OF POLYLYSIN CONJUGATES FOR THE PREPARATION OF MEDICAMENTS USEFUL IN THE TREATMENT OF NEURODEGENERATIVE DISEASES AND DEGENERATIVE DISORDERS OF AUTOIMMUN CHARACTER
WO1997007810A1 (en) 1995-08-25 1997-03-06 The John Hopkins University School Of Medicine Compounds for stimulating nerve growth
WO1997018222A2 (en) 1995-11-13 1997-05-22 Glycomed, Inc. Novel oligosaccharide glycosides having mammalian immunosuppressive and tolerogenic properties
EP0866802A1 (en) 1995-11-21 1998-09-30 Novartis AG Multivalent polymers, processes for their preparation, and their use for preparing biologically active compounds.
US6491922B1 (en) 1996-02-09 2002-12-10 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Methods and compounds for treating autoimmune and vascular disease
WO1998047915A1 (en) 1997-04-18 1998-10-29 Novartis Ag Neoglycoproteins
FR2762602B1 (en) 1997-04-28 1999-06-04 Inst Nat Sante Rech Med MEANS FOR THE EARLY DETECTION OF INFLAMMATORY AUTOIMMUNE PATHOLOGIES
US6077681A (en) 1997-06-30 2000-06-20 Washington University Diagnosis of motor neuropathy by detection of antibodies
US6191271B1 (en) 1997-09-05 2001-02-20 Glycim Oy Synthetic divalent sLex containing polylactosamines and methods for use
JP2002511431A (en) 1998-04-15 2002-04-16 バクスター インターナショナル インコーポレイテッド Inhibition of heteroreactive antibodies
AU3755199A (en) 1998-04-22 1999-11-08 Johns Hopkins University, The Autoantigenic fragments, methods and assays
CA2332571A1 (en) 1998-06-30 2000-01-06 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Novel sugar chain-bonded thrombomodulin-like peptide
US6228598B1 (en) 1998-10-02 2001-05-08 Washington University Antibodies to heparan sulfate glycosaminoglycans in the diagnosis of polyneuropathies
EP1133521A1 (en) 1998-11-16 2001-09-19 Genetics Institute, Inc. The cxc chemokine h174 and methods for preventing damage to the nervous system
WO2000033887A2 (en) 1998-12-08 2000-06-15 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Methods and formulations for reducing circulating antibodies
US6399578B1 (en) 1998-12-09 2002-06-04 La Jolla Pharmaceutical Company Conjugates comprising galactose α1,3 galactosyl epitopes and methods of using same
WO2000050447A1 (en) 1999-02-24 2000-08-31 Acorda Therapeutics Carbohydrate epitope mimic peptides and uses thereof
DE19930177B4 (en) 1999-06-30 2007-02-08 Nikolai Vladimirovich Bovin Intermolecular associating compounds and their use
AU7521800A (en) 1999-09-21 2001-04-24 Affina Immuntechnik Gmbh Peptides for combating the autoantibodies that are responsible for dilatative cardiomyopathy (dcm)
WO2002016414A2 (en) 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Micromet Ag Composition for the elimination of autoreactive b-cells
WO2002018950A1 (en) 2000-08-28 2002-03-07 The Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Detection of anti-glycolipid antibodies by latex agglutination assay
WO2002038592A2 (en) 2000-11-08 2002-05-16 Affina Immuntechnik Gmbh Peptides, the production and use thereof for binding immunoglobulins
US6730487B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2004-05-04 Trustees Of Columbia University In The City Of New York Surface plasmon resonance biosensor for measurement of anti-glycolipid antibody levels in neuropathy
DE10127712A1 (en) 2001-06-07 2002-12-19 Torsten Witte Use of immunoglobulin M for treatment and prevention of systemic lupus erythematosus, administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly
ATE429233T1 (en) 2001-06-29 2009-05-15 Glykos Finland Oy USE OF AT LEAST ONE GLYCOINHIBITOR SUBSTANCE AGAINST INFECTIOUS DISEASES
WO2003068822A2 (en) 2002-02-13 2003-08-21 Micromet Ag De-immunized (poly)peptide constructs
CA2494422A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-19 Glycominds Ltd. Method for diagnosing multiple sclerosis
RU2303461C9 (en) 2002-08-06 2007-12-27 Глаксо Груп Лимитед Antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein (mag)
AR040778A1 (en) 2002-08-06 2005-04-20 Glaxo Group Ltd ALTERED ANTIBODIES OR FUNCTIONAL FRAGMENTS THAT BIND MAG (GLICOPROTEIN ASSOCIATED WITH HONEY).
US7175989B2 (en) 2002-08-20 2007-02-13 Alan Pestronk Antibodies to trisulfated heparin disaccharide in painful sensory axonal neuropathy
US20040043431A1 (en) 2002-08-29 2004-03-04 Aristo Vojdani Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating diseases
US20030049692A1 (en) 2002-09-16 2003-03-13 Norman Latov Detection of anti-glycolipid antibodies by latex agglutination assay
ES2639812T3 (en) 2003-01-06 2017-10-30 Corixa Corporation Certain aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphate compounds and their uses
WO2004065400A1 (en) 2003-01-20 2004-08-05 Glykos Finland Oy Novel binding epitopes for helicobacter pylori and use thereof
EP2591786B1 (en) 2003-10-16 2017-04-12 Cancure Limited Immunomodulating compositions and uses therefor
WO2005051429A2 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-09 Government Of The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Targeted conjugates with a modified saccharide linker
ATE383367T1 (en) 2003-11-19 2008-01-15 Glycomimetics Inc SPECIFIC ANTAGONIST FOR BOTH E- AND P-SELECTINS
WO2005080985A2 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-09-01 Enteron Limited Partnership Methods and compositions for detecting and treating autoimmune diseases
JP5139797B2 (en) 2004-03-04 2013-02-06 プロジェン ファーマシューティカルズ リミテッド Sulfated oligosaccharide derivatives
WO2005118609A2 (en) 2004-05-26 2005-12-15 California Institute Of Technology Small molecule stimulators of neuronal growth
CN101123990A (en) 2004-10-01 2008-02-13 Mida科技有限公司 Nanoparticles comprising antigens and adjuvants and immunogenic structure
JP5117191B2 (en) 2004-10-01 2013-01-09 ミダテック リミテッド Nanoparticles containing antigens and adjuvants, and immunogenic structures
WO2006068720A2 (en) 2004-11-12 2006-06-29 The Brigham And Women's Hospital, Inc. Hematopoietic cell selectin ligand polypeptides and methods of use thereof
US7884260B2 (en) 2005-06-14 2011-02-08 University Of Chicago Cell-based screen for agents useful for reducing neuronal demyelination or promoting neuronal remyelination
JP4619873B2 (en) 2005-06-20 2011-01-26 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 Glucuronyl sulfated disaccharide derivative
WO2010002478A2 (en) 2008-07-03 2010-01-07 University Of Georgia Research Foundation, Inc. Glycopeptide and uses thereof
AU2007221154A1 (en) 2006-02-24 2007-09-07 Novartis Ag Microparticles containing biodegradable polymer and cationic polysaccharide for use in immunogenic compositions
US20070244038A1 (en) 2006-04-12 2007-10-18 The Regents Of The University Of California Methods for treating lymphocyte-associated disorders by modulation of siglec activity
GB0610350D0 (en) 2006-05-25 2006-07-05 Univ Liverpool prevention and/or treatment of neuodegenerative disorders
US8420593B1 (en) 2006-06-16 2013-04-16 Landon C. G. Miller Compositions and methods for regulating membrane potential
US20090175792A1 (en) 2006-06-23 2009-07-09 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic inhibitors of siglec-8
EP3199549A1 (en) 2006-09-05 2017-08-02 Alexion Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for the treatment of antibody mediated neuropathies
GB0622688D0 (en) 2006-11-14 2006-12-27 Diosamine Dev Corp Novel compounds
CN101678090B (en) 2007-03-07 2012-04-11 乌第有限合伙公司 Compositions and methods for the prevention and treatment of autoimmune conditions
US20080220988A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2008-09-11 Ada Technologies, Inc. Preparing carbohydrate microarrays and conjugated nanoparticles
WO2008151847A1 (en) 2007-06-13 2008-12-18 Max-Delbrück-Centrum für Molekulare Medizin Autoantibody binding peptides and their use for the treatment of vascular diseases
US7943750B2 (en) 2007-06-18 2011-05-17 Laboratoire Medidom S.A. Process for obtaining pure monosialoganglioside GM1 for medical use
JP2010535211A (en) 2007-08-02 2010-11-18 アンティソーマ ベンチャーズ リミテッド Indazole compounds for treating inflammatory disorders, demyelinating disorders and cancer
DK2231145T3 (en) 2007-12-05 2014-12-08 Abivax Use of glycosylceramider for enhancing the immune response to antigen
WO2009102820A2 (en) 2008-02-11 2009-08-20 Government Of The U.S A., As Represented By The Secretary, Department Of Health And Human Services Modified sugar substrates and methods of use
US9119866B2 (en) 2008-04-08 2015-09-01 Huiru Wang Glycan-based drugs, therapies and biomarkers
WO2009126933A2 (en) 2008-04-11 2009-10-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Site-specific delivery of nucleic acids by combining targeting ligands with endosomolytic components
US7981625B2 (en) 2008-04-15 2011-07-19 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Prostate cancer glycan markers and autoantibody signatures
WO2011031472A2 (en) 2009-08-25 2011-03-17 The Johns Hopkins University Detection of auto-antibodies to specific glycans as diagnostic tests for autoimmune diseases
GB0922066D0 (en) 2009-12-17 2010-02-03 Univ Belfast Modulator
WO2011101870A1 (en) 2010-02-22 2011-08-25 Transgene Biotek Ltd. Fusion proteins for the treatment of multiple sclerosis and other autoimmune diseases
CN103108654A (en) 2010-06-11 2013-05-15 索隆-基特林癌症研究协会 Multivalent glycopeptide constructs and uses thereof
ES2607087T3 (en) 2010-12-15 2017-03-29 Vereniging Voor Christelijk Wetenschappelijk Onderwijs Method to suppress an immune response
WO2013044044A2 (en) 2011-09-23 2013-03-28 President And Fellows Of Harvard College Methods of treating fatty liver disease with helminth-derived glycan-containing compounds
EP2698636A1 (en) 2012-08-13 2014-02-19 Fundació Institut d'Investigació Biomèdica de Bellvitge Methods and reagents for prevention and/or treatment of transplant rejection
IN2015DN00694A (en) 2012-08-16 2015-06-26 Pfizer
US9879059B2 (en) 2013-04-26 2018-01-30 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Tailoring multivalent interactions of biopolymers with a polyproline scaffold
WO2015007326A1 (en) 2013-07-18 2015-01-22 Institut D'investigació Biomèdica De Bellvitge (Idibell) Agents comprising a terminal alpha-galactosyl moiety for use in prevention and/or treatment of inflammatory diseases
US10881720B2 (en) 2014-01-30 2021-01-05 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Texas System Nanoparticles for immune stimulation
PT3116887T (en) * 2014-03-13 2021-04-30 Univ Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to igm antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein
US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-08-17 Universität Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5155004A (en) 1990-03-14 1992-10-13 Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. Chitosan or chitin derivative and method for processing silver halide photographic material by using the same
WO2005054264A2 (en) 2003-11-19 2005-06-16 Glycomimetics, Inc. Glycomimetic antagonists for both e- and p-selectins
EP2727597A1 (en) * 2012-11-06 2014-05-07 Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) Glucose responsive hydrogel comprising pba-grafted hyaluronic acid (ha)

Non-Patent Citations (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
A UEDA ET AL., MOL CELL NEUROSCI, vol. 45, no. 4, 2010, pages 355 - 62
BURGER ET AL., JOURNAL OF IMMUNOLOGICAL METHODS, vol. 140, 1991, pages 31 - 36
E. DELMONT; H. J. WILLISON, J NEUROM DIS., vol. 2, 2015, pages 107 - 112
E. NOBILE-ORAZIO, CLINICAL LYMPHOMA & MYELOMA, vol. 9, 2009, pages 107 - 109
G. THOMA ET AL., J AM CHEM SOC, vol. 121, 1999, pages 5919 - 5929
H. J. WILLISON; C. S. GOODYEAR, CELL, vol. 34, 2013, pages 453 - 459
H. J. WILLISON; N. YUKI, BRAIN, 2002
H. J. WILLISON; N. YUKI, BRAIN, vol. 125, 2002, pages 2591 - 2625
I. UEDA ET AL., CHEM PHARM BULL (TOKYO), vol. 38, 1990, pages 3035 - 3041
K. A. SHEIKH; G. ZHANG, F1000 BIOLOGY REPORTS, vol. 2, 2010, pages 21
K. T. AL-JAMAL ET AL., J DRUG TARGET, vol. 14, 2006, pages 405 - 412
M. NUMATA ET AL., CARBOHYDR RES, vol. 163, 1987, pages 209 - 225
M.C. DALAKAS, CURR TREAT OPINIONS NEUROL, vol. 12, 2010, pages 71 - 83
O. BOHOROV ET AL., GLYCOBIOLOGY, vol. 16, 2006, pages 21 C - 27C
T. ARIGA, J NEUROSCI RES, vol. 92, 2014, pages 1227 - 1242
T. FURUKAWA, TETRAHEDRON LETT, vol. 52, 2011, pages 5567 - 5570
WILLISON HUGH J ET AL: "Peripheral neuropathies and anti-glycolipid antibodies", BRAIN, OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS, OXFORD, GB, vol. 125, no. 12, 1 December 2002 (2002-12-01), pages 2591 - 2625, XP009162997, ISSN: 0006-8950 *
Z. KADLECOVA ET AL., BIOMACROMOLECULES, vol. 13, 2012, pages 3127 - 3137

Cited By (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11220523B2 (en) 2014-03-13 2022-01-11 Universität Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to IgM antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein
US11091591B2 (en) 2015-09-16 2021-08-17 Universität Basel Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
WO2018167230A1 (en) * 2017-03-15 2018-09-20 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Glycopolymers sequestering carbohydrate-binding proteins
EP3715375A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of pre-eclampsia
EP3715374A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
EP3715376A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-09-30 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
WO2020193486A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-10-01 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
WO2020193487A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2020-10-01 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
EP3960769A1 (en) 2019-03-23 2022-03-02 Ablevia biotech GmbH Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
US11986536B2 (en) 2019-03-23 2024-05-21 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
WO2022063887A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing the efficacy of factor viii replacement therapy
WO2022063882A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of autoantibody-mediated conditions
WO2022063879A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable antibodies in a patient
WO2022063892A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing efficacy of viral vectors
WO2022063885A1 (en) 2020-09-23 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the sequestration of undesirable anti-peg antibodies in a patient
WO2022063880A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for the prevention or treatment of myasthenia gravis
WO2022224035A2 (en) 2021-04-20 2022-10-27 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
WO2022224035A3 (en) * 2021-04-20 2022-12-01 Polyneuron Pharmaceuticals Ag Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
WO2023039090A1 (en) * 2021-09-11 2023-03-16 Academia Sinica Synthetic compound, kit comprising the same, and uses thereof
TWI828311B (en) * 2021-09-11 2024-01-01 中央研究院 Synthetic compound, kit comprising the same, and uses thereof
WO2023180502A1 (en) 2022-03-24 2023-09-28 Ablevia Biotech Gmbh Compound for increasing efficacy of oncolytic viruses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP3350193B1 (en) 2020-12-23
HK1252262A1 (en) 2019-05-24
US20180251602A1 (en) 2018-09-06
AU2016323377B2 (en) 2021-04-15
AU2016323377A1 (en) 2018-03-15
EP3350193A1 (en) 2018-07-25
JP2018534246A (en) 2018-11-22
CA2996073A1 (en) 2017-03-23
US11091591B2 (en) 2021-08-17
CN108026134A (en) 2018-05-11
US20220169790A1 (en) 2022-06-02
JP6849667B2 (en) 2021-03-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2016323377B2 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to antibodies against glycoepitopes of glycosphingolipids
AU2019271964B2 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to IgM antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein
US10864261B2 (en) Synthetic vaccines against Streptococcus pneumoniae serotype 2
EP3595730A1 (en) Glycopolymers sequestering carbohydrate-binding proteins
US20150290331A1 (en) Glycoconjugates and their use as potential vaccines against infection by shigella flexneri
WO2022224035A2 (en) Anti-gm1 antibody binding compounds
Aliu et al. Development of an anti-GM1 antibody-specific therapy for the treatment of Guillain-Barré Syndrome and Multifocal Motor Neuropathy
EP3181148A1 (en) Synthetic vaccines against streptococcus pneumoniae serotype 2
NZ724236B2 (en) Carbohydrate ligands that bind to igm antibodies against myelin-associated glycoprotein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16767221

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2996073

Country of ref document: CA

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018513509

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2016323377

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20160914

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 15760398

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2016767221

Country of ref document: EP

Ref document number: 2018110557

Country of ref document: RU